Home
        Lincoln Electric SVM153-A Welding System User Manual
         Contents
1.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             
2.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             
3.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 cle 5   22 199   9  o g            NA        Camper in  Plug  COIL DRIVE CIRCUIT    sv  con    t    S4 gt    0P3 NA MET a            gt   0P2      7   DECIMAL PT  COMMON      ee u gt    s  m NA yy IDLE HOLD COIL   MULTIARC FAN             d         gt       5  gt  0  2 NA    1026 07 NA     105    AMMETER  IN w  SHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTION        Qu 50   T 1 02A Ju    o    AMETER PSET MODE         e et   WTI  gt  AMMETER GND      f  iy P  FOR AUX  USE  PULL TO    COMTO REMAIN             ga     fpga X3 A  gt  8233 B Y 05A       2 05   END a Tak TO IDLE PULL COIL CIRCUIT                AMMETER DISPLAYS PRESET  T gt  H  9010 ar 40V SIS 5 40V  Date 1206              PULL COIL PCB   
4.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  T  cls 9   92 199      p  AUS         9 TOUCH START TIG CIRCUIT Popes 45V REFERENCE SUPPLY ay nee        CONTROL CIRCUI    FEEDBACK DIVIDER DA    esv   5  77  R178 RI R251     p  VOLTAGE FEEDBACK CIRCUIT   H5VA A  approx  78v          20K 758   100              80              01414                      ES  243 8  1      o  gt  16 176 iw  ES 27        gt  IV   10   m  Dole 1206   Dale 1206  CUR  SENSE    219  5        20K  I 3140   500   ref Dii               1    R301 TIG  V  DETECT 182  5      fpga   i to TOOK Ria  Oh         2 VOLTAGE FEEDBACK    2224   055 TTSK ba d   2    02A 9 6 IO0K 70V   i and SHUNT IN POSITIVE 10018              05A OIW          gt  2           01W    TO PWM      LEAD  SENSE LEAD           30V 054 Low T Low T           240 a  cir ON NEGATIVE STUD                TE R267 R342  5        TIG_SETPOINT EIK 51K        TOP      BOARD 170 1              Ru 8219  o o IN  2 LAYOUT 01        oi CH           V FEEDBACK us T   L      50   43110  c     i  6 m 182    pas   CURRE
5.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       6 06201  0                  2242  C 10 fpga gt             5  X10 1     TIG LIMIT E R107     m y  LOCAL pg       R138    3 100   77     T0 POT 42 0 AN 100K 768K  O D      RIO X R175 1 EH    nem CUR AMe 100 E  O O    330740 221K 4ov 750 17     m          a 3         gt  uw 2                 332k 8  150   A 39 2K S      P5 took S         I  LOCAL_WIPER Sjow Sow      EET            Sfoiw  amp          amp  o1w  5    C104  N 7        D Eo 2 3 9 10 Siw 2 3 9 10  ei  2700pF        10               06680 xu   06680          06680        0680 525     06680 xss  16680 xss  606680 xss   0680    o 50 40V V 3 5 6 2 3 5 6 2              Y    Y Y Y     n add A 8 C D A B    D  o  gt  IZIK V FEEDBACK              s i         B Eiig       T 12   45V  V 079                 GND P   DZ6 m Y   12      L    Ls      ko bs   9 2  5  12   100  8 0225 gle   c N c  c 0225W  amp   po H  2 2240 2240 224D 2240 2240 2240 2240 2240                   CUR_SENSE_TIMED ae                             x40 x40 x40 x40     su  5 5           aV V7 ono        128   it   120   L A   28   QE 20  8 ow     
6.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             5 E EIZ TIIE 9  9158  olg  o z E  9 _ E                          cic            5 5     D 4 4 n n 15 la      h      3 ha      4 4 4 4 3 4 4  Vcc        C75   cm il  pg dcm   ER            ce                    C66       ces C64          ce   ca C60   c Ly 1 c  01 91 91 01 01 01 94 91 04 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 4 01 01  50V  m 50V je 50     50V xe 50V id 50V s    sov uc 50V        50   ha 50V e 50V   50V    50V iud    sov due 50V e 50V     50V      50V x55 50V  2240 2240 330740 330740 330230W 406680 406680 406680 406680 29010 406680 406680 2240 2240 2240 2240 29010 2240 2240  GND  n i  n i  10 7 7 7    7 7 ine i  n n    n i  GND   15V   5              15V  T  E 01 SOV 50v aic  9     a Wi  T   7 C83             L    ael 4      L 4 n          NA 4 150 50   01         1  m C96 cst        C55 13        C82  E            gis ha       m i 50V       50V NA 50V NA  50V m Ol zm 4 91 AN   01 AN   01   50V 01  Lr        92       NA           95 LI X16  1 x2        6 M x52 v   x56 Y 30v 20  r    2150           x ES x20 555 X24 E X36 E Pew 330740 aM 330740 oV 330740 57 330740    GND 330740   6 57    57 X47 vA x50 Gi 7                4       1 GND 74 GND 7 GND 7  GND 
7.                                                                                                                                                                                                                45   2   5 volt    1 Amp  control                          18                          C19   C23 C10          600V  e P    20V       100  T   100 100 AN 01  T 20V 50V                                  H       4    D4       C6                    47             DZ2  e    2 volts  300           control           was                                                                                                                          D7          1A FR  1000V                            073  PM             545      15 volts  200 milliamp  control                INFORMATION    SYMBOLS PER E1537                               ELAND  OHIO U S A   scale NONE  jn 09 02 99    NOTE  This diagram is for reference only  It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual              453     20 volts  200 milliamp  24K chopper                                 ET           20 Volts  200 milliamp             221   chopper                   LN 6             2  gt      15 volts  200 milliamp                121K  miscellanious                   COLN ELECTRIC CO     QUIP     TYPE       1       Multi System       susce  _ANalog Control Power Suppl    SUP S D O          19422    COMMANDER 500    9 11  PC BOARD ASSEMBLY   POWER SUPPLY  ANALOG  PC BOARD    ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G 11    PC 
8.                                                                                                                                                                               Return to Section         Return to Master TOC                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           KEY   lt 1    MULTIWELD VOL                                gt  DRIVER CIRCUL                                                 FUEL  CONTAC 1  MUR a  ORCL 3            MCTCR CIRC EM CH SENSE CIRCU                                     DW TURNS OR CONTACTOR DN                         HL AT      SOL TURNS  ENGIN F       ENG  ALT                                            OIL  TEMP SWITCE       OIL  TEMP  SWITCH     gt                                   UNDER  VOLTS                                                                                              Return to Section TOC  Return to Master TOC                            AT OIL_TEMP INDICATES HOT ENGINE T SHUT ENGINE DOWN                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              INDICATES FAILED 
9.                                                                                                                                                   y    11  8            as                4009         VE  010  NOLING H3lUVI     EX na P    002 H35NVH A009 VE                                                                SNOLLJJNNOO  H35NVH    A007     Vi         N3 OL 4g                                                                      8    vu3Hdlu3d                       HSV 13          SU3UNV AWOJ                                                                                        llyg ACT     5         HIIRM        LY    1N3S38d SI AZT 145012 SI     N3dO 38  M  SH39NVH  04    GASVIG qd3SH3 AdH 9NI38 530010 ONDDOT8 01        dOlS ATIVILLVWOLN 3                SI          i IH    10 51 JNION3 3    N Q3NIVBO LON SI AY3LLY LINJA Hsv 14 1nHS TT    NSS   MO S 3unSS3Hd 710              8 Q311081NO2 SI 0990          T S HSV14  SH30NVANWOJ 80       AlddNS X3                                                 0115 0  0089        11  8 01                Zt  gt           08  04 073M       NO  71  OL                                  Audllvd                                              INVES AOTH                          318100  AlddNS A0Z                                               ANYAT A             is manual     d by th    0350 LON    Ines covere                      NNVH  AOTH    is for reference only  It may not be accurate for all mach    iagram    isd    Thi                   N
10.                                                                                       5 5      22 1996 9  t 1t MACHINE SELECT sv    ey PESA   s     25      gt  T    TIG  SWITCH 31 93 1 029 22 SLOPE 1 CUR  SENSE  TIMED  o PL_SWITCH      vog    ____  s ope_z z                  ENABLE NS  olo P2_SWITCH 211 05 1 026 6 SLO 4 100119 019 XF AN OR LOW IDLE SERIAL_DATA     mo 1l          P3 SWITCH 3 1 09 10025 2 SLOPE  8 361 096    PWM_ENABLE    gt      c c 925 S  gja A  PL  SWITCH 1010010     xi 8 1 0246 SLOPE  16 911 097          1 0116 16 SD  MEM nios    MACH_SEL_1 PS_SWITCH 121 012 1 023 23 SLOPE_32 2817098 01505       5        i   5        1 50x  2  1 50K     B 1 E520   2 94 0320 14                 2          515  pga Rit R157   i WIRE  SWITCH 1 013 1 022 SLOPE  6L  2217099 10114 IMTS ux  E D TR QUT  MAH SEI TWO FDUR                 __fs ope_128 10111 0101 1 0113 4H                  nh    gt      MACHESELZ TIG  V DETECT   191 015 1002000 TIG WELD 1021 0102 vot dH 2 109       f R12 risa      2 1 19 103 104                                SK        MACH 1 2 THERMAL SENSE  __ 1 016 1 019 THERMAL  LAMP 03 0103 1 0104     5                    ca 197         MACH  SEL  302 01   525070 55     525070 55     nck sack te              fpga  R2 RISS 253 Us      193 DIN    WW qur  MARE SEL a   3355       X31     pape EPN  N E ia MACH SEL 1 391 039 1 062     X VOLTMETER  ON 1221170122 PROGRAM           E 1 T T  UM ae MACH SEL 2 341 031 0061 81 _________fmeer_pset_mO0E 1231170123 1 0142 442 RL S
11.                                           4  5 TOWING  55 E                      4  5 Pre Operation Engine Service                     5  g                 LE           5     a                                                                                A 5  f Fuel Capriana                                    5     Engine Cooling                                   EEA    5  Battery Connection       citri tet cien ent repaso                     a ne                  Dun End A 5  Muffler Outlet                lt  lt             rhe ie      taii                     oat race          A 6  Spark Arr   St  fano snien      poe ye ein vale EYED e Ede COE REA                    A 6  High Frequency Generators for TIG                                      A 6  EleCthial Connections OPE A 6     Remote Control srpen a aa                                             6  5 Welding Terminals                     teet itae in                      6  g Welding Output Gables    5 2  reete reet                         7  8 Machine ern m                                  A 7  E Auxiliary Power                                                                 entree nnne nennt tenen nnn nes A 7     Standby Power                                           7    Y     4  2  8      5  A    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8       Retum to Section           Return to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Retum to Section           Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC
12.                                      D  En                           O  zs                                            e s   e e  0   e vi5 e     8    s e  52                  e e 592  e e  on                                                                              e 9                                                                                                       e 9    s                                           820                             sni                                                                                  v                                                                                                                                                              na                DICA  um               Gall                                            rj   e sj                           Tee          we one  ee                                                                             ona                   nee    ue     9                              I                                     lee                                            esi xa  e                                                 ies                          ole        e  csza           e v                           zn                                                                                                                                                 es     MO 6                   cee   eel                                              ox  s 9   00       E                   E   
13.                                     2  8               Options eT C 2  E Stick Welding                                           C 2  4 TIG Welding                                                C 2  Semiautomatic Welding                                                                        C 3  Connection of Lincoln Electric Wire                                    C 3  Connection of the LN 7 Using K867 Universal Adapter                                                  C 4  Connection of the LN 7 Using the K584 or K594 Input Cable Assembly                           5  Connection of the LN 8 Using the K867 Universal Adapter                                            C 6  Connection of the LN 8 Using the K595 Input Cable                                                      C 7  Connection of the LN 23 P Using K350 1                                                                        C 8  Connection of the LN 25  Across the Arc     C 9    Retum to Master TOC    Y      4  2  8      5  4    Retum to Master           COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8       Return to Section           Retum to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Return to Section TOC    Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC    Y     4  2  8  E  5  3    Retum to Master              ACCESSORIES    OPTIONS ACCESSORIES    The following options accessories are available for  your Commander 500 from your local Lincoln  Distributor     FIELD INSTALLED OPTIONS    K802N POWER PLUG KIT   Provides a plug for each  re
14.                                    Return to Section TOC  Return to Master TOC                            V  CIR COM   V V    CIR_COM                               SHUT DOWN SOLENOID PULL COIL DRIVE IDLE SOLENOID PULL COIL DRIVE                   V    TO      SOLENOID Ds CIR COM  HOLD COIL DRIVE Woon  ON WELD BOARD 100V                         TO SHUT DOWN SOLENOID  HOLD COIL DRIVE  ON PERIPHERAL BOARD V                       20V          401    25         amp  75    10V TO BATTERY BD             Z5V REFERENCE       402  JS UN  5 405                  olo          e     c   S9   o  PEN         2  2  e   lt   Sa             x 1                                                                                      V    POW_COM                V CIR_COM    CIR_COM             Return to Section TOC  Return to Master TOC    NOTE  This diagram is for reference only  It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual     3 COMMANDER 500       Return to Section         Return to Master TOC    Return to Section TOC    olo      o  E  E       5 8  FRE   0 12   2  e   lt   5  3      o o            Return to Section         Return to Master TOC    Return to Master TOC       G 13    PC BOARD ASSEMBLY   PULL COIL PC BOARD    LINCOLN       NOTE     NOTES     NA  CAUTION  THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY STATIC ELECTRICITY   LINCOLN ELECTRIC TO SEE E2454 BEFORE HANDLING           SECURE P C  BOARD ASSEMBLY IN PLACE WITH ITEM  4   2 PLACES    N C  IDENTIFY COMPLETE ASSEMBLY AND SERI
15.                            LINCOLN B    MAY HAVE WEAK FUEL  SOLENOID OR BAD    PERIPHERAL PCB              CORRECT  that problem     MAY HAVE ENGINE   gt   PROBLEMS         Did 1 of the WARNING  lights come on     Y               Did engine START                 Did engine  REMAIN running after  the 30 second  INBHIT timer           CORRECT  that problem     COMMANDER 500    a  TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR F 14  START UP AND OCV DIAGNOSTIC CHART 7 2                   Upon starting the engine  there should be only ONE display illuminated  depending on which mode the machine is  in   The numbers in the display should increase decrease smoothly and in a    linear    fashion with the rotation of  the Control  10K Pot  Place the WELDING TERMINALS SW  In the    REMOTELY CONTROLLED    position and  place the IDLER SW  in the    AUTO    position  After about 12 seconds  the engine should go to LOW IDLE  Then             Go to  Engine             Return to Section TOC  Return to Master TOC                     Salen place the WELDING TERMINALS SW  in the    WELD TERMINALS         position  Engine should go back to HIGH  har IDLE for 12 seconds and back to LOW IDLE and remain there  With the machine in CV Mode  you should have CONTROL PCB MAY CORRECT  an OCV range 23 7 25 2V at Min  and 75 0 78 0V at Max  In CC Mode  you should have an OCV range of 77 80V  BE BAD  that problem        This WILL NOT change with the rotation of the Control Pot  In TIG Mode  you should have an OCV range of 
16.              LINCOLN B       V com    NOTES      N A  SINCE COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY ON A PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD MAY CHANGE  WITHOUT AFFECTING THE INTERCHANGEABILITY OF A COMPLETE BOARD  THIS DIAGRAM MAY    NOT SHOW THE EXACT COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY OF CONTROLS HAVING A COMMON CODE  NUMBER     THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC CO   AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED  DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PERMISSION OF    UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE    THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC CO        ON HOLES SIZES PER E 2056  ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS    02       ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS   002      ON ALL ANGLES IS    5 OF A DEGREE       MATERIAL TOLERANCE   t   TO AGREE       WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS       O to heatsink    GENERAL INFORMATION LAST NO  USED    ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS PER E1537 Re 220 381  CAPACITORS   MFD    022 50V UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED       004  RESISTORS   Ohms   1 4W UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED  LABELS 0 7 02 3  DIODES         400V  UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED     SUPPLY VOLTAGE               POWER SUPPLY SOURCE POINT  57 COMMON CONNECTION  f f FRAME CONNECTION      gt  EARTH GROUND CONNECTION    FILENAME  M19462 1BA    THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC CO  1  CHOPPER  300 AMP    CLEVELAND  OHIO U S A  SUBJECT SCHEMATIC  SCALE   NONE      DR  LC DATE 3 26 99 CHK  surse                   19462                NOTE  This diagram is for reference only  It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual     COMMANDER 500    at ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
17.            5                    4700     50   10          525020 15         CT37    CAPACITOR  SMD CERAMIC 0 022MF 50V 1          525024 75         C138 C139     CAPACITOR SMD TANTALUM A7MF 20V  10  S        825020 178MT      140                       5                    0 27     50   10          525040 85         D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9   D10 D11 D12     DIODE SMD DUAL 0 200A  70V  UDR CC SOT         525040 25        13 014 015 016 017 018  019 020 021 022 023 024  025 026 027 028 029 030  031 032    DIODE SMD 1A 400V DO 214BA AC        525040 55         033 034 035 036 037 038   D39 D40 D41 D42 D43 D44   D45 D46 D47 D48    DIODE SMD DUAL 0 200A 70V UFR        525049 15         D49 D50 D51 D52 D54 D55   D61 D63 D64    DIODE SMD 0 5A 30V SOD 123 SCHOTTKY        525040 45        056 057 062    DIODE  SMD DUAL 0 200A 70V UFR        525049 25        058 059    DIODE  SMD  1A 30V SMA  SCHOTTKY        525040 35        060    DIODE  SMD  DUAL  6A 200V DPAK CC ULTRA         525044 55        021 072    ZENER DIODE  SMD  3W  18V 5   SMB        S25044 3SMT    0730740714    ZENER DIODE  SMD 3W  12V 5   SMB        525045 15        IDZ5 DZ6 DZ7 DZ8 DZ9 DZ10   0211    ZENER_DIODE SMD 225mW  12V 5  SOT 23        525044 45        02120213    ZENER DIODE  SMD  3W  15V 5   SMB        52504415        0215    ZENER DIODE  SMD  3W 5 1V 5   SMB        518248 172                                                        12               524020 8    2 13                                             
18.           2 PLACE DECIMALS IS  03g  ON ALL ANGLES IS  5iBF A DEGREE  MATERIAL TOLERANCE       TO AGREE         3PLACE DECIMALS IS  0        UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE          olo  O  o  Fle  5      0  PEN         6  8      5  rp     o                                                    THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC CO                 NOT TO BE REPRODUCED  DISCLOSED OR USED  WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PERMISSION OF       THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION  OWNEDBY THELINCOLN ELECTRIC CO        e g  M16100 39 X XX XX    VENDOR CODE        VCE SAT     MAKE PER E1911 VGE TH     ENCAPSULATE WITH E1844  1 COAT   TEST PER E3846 CH       Return to Section TOC  Return to Master TOC    NOTE  Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting  PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty  Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric  This information is pro   vided for reference only  Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician  Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the    LINCOLN    i  LINCOLN machine  COMMANDER 500          G 6 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G 8       SCHEMATIC   PERIPHERAL PC BOARD       AMP                                                                 CONTACTOR_CONTROL  R159  511                                              
19.           8  9            Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC    Y     4  2              3    Retum to Master              F 32 F 32    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    FLASHING AND ROTOR VOLTAGE TEST CONTINUED     FIGURE F 11     PLUG P J52 LOCATION    PLUG P J52                                     07009             SS                            FILTER  CAPACITOR    FIELD DIODE  RECTIFIER BRIDGE    PLUG P J52    9   Ho   11   12  13  141506                                                                      1     1  2  3  4  5  6  7  8  LEAD  200      gt   LEAD  201A    TEST PROCEDURE    Using the 3 8  wrench  remove the sheet  metal screws from the right front case side       Carefully remove the right case side       Set the volt ohmmeter to the DC volts    position       Locate Plug P J52 and leads  200A and     201A  See Figure F 11     NOTE  Cut any cable ties necessary to perform  the test  DO NOT UNPLUG PLUG P J52     5     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN       Connect the positive meter probe to lead   200A and the negative meter probe to lead   201A       Start the engine and run it at high idle speed     1900 RPM   Check the voltage reading on  the meter   t should read approximately  16 VDC     Return to Section           Retum to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       F 33    F 33    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    
20.          8  9      8       Retum to Section           Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       F 58    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    SHUTDOWN SOLENOID REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT       WARNING    Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel   Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician  or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty  For your safety and to avoid  electrical shock  please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this  manual     If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the  test repairs safely  contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical trou   bleshooting assistance before you proceed  Call 1 800 833 9353  WELD      DESCRIPTION    This procedure will aid the technician in the removal and replacement of the shutdown  solenoid     MATERIALS NEEDED    7 16  Wrench  Long slot head screwdriver  Needle nose pliers          This procedure should take approximately 30 minutes to perform           COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN       F 58       59    59    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    SHUTDOWN SOLENOID REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT  CONTINUED     FIGURE F  25   SHUTDOWN SOLENOID LEAD CONNECTIONS    Return to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC    PULL IN COIL   LARGER TERMINALS  EACH SIDE    232M AND  265        SHUTDOWN  SOLENOID          e  iv      
21.          HN pov        Dale 1206              237               ask  S 5i R343 Aoi THERMAL NA  j    x da   me  5 GND   ENGINE E  4 75K  N   V THERMAL  EM           7920 z       d    LIGHT 01W  amp  1 9 33k 3 R68 4           hoov   low 100     R72   MULTIARC 01W Me  100 R      au    ARC FORCI 1 2   5V_REF  lt     _      5V_REF y  d              gt 4       H Rol Fans CONTROL For           13 Vv T             m 5  E 30140 01W TPB     392 ohm M 3 ud 5 sv         pew E  OPENCOER TEMP      1 8wW SM1  4206  ae 475K li j ante          2  c               R326   MED R188 fpga      218       A Bax AN 01 TW      70         PM NC    50    RI  S   D Sov B aD OIW asv  S      NA  Sv 70      NC NC     5    P         ue    ji    T Ta      R346 R347 ne d T       01 V FEEDBACK 50        GND 01w     172  172   m Bum m   PAGE 4 OF 5  91W    1010          C137 SR  NC          THERMAL  LAMP NE  gozz GENERAL INFORMATION LAST NO  USED EOTS ai      ue          O 5 R69 R20 fpga fpga R29 Mn Th ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS PER E1537 R 383 619  amp  766  O        SOI TRA SEHE RTS 40V CAPACITORS   MFD    022 50V UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED  ca    He  252 GND 01        RESISTORS   Ohms   1 4W UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED  LABELS  0 6  cle E DIODES  1A400V  UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED     SUPPLY VOLTAGE NET               Vino Ws                SUPPLY SOURCE POINT  E t      AT THERMAL_SENSE INDICATES OVER TEMPERATURE THERMAL LAMP ACTUATOR CIRCUIT    57 COMMON CONNECTION            FILENAME  5000749  G3660 2  G3900 2C  7 H F
22.         7  Engine  OperatlODiz   ot cete er                                               8  Starting  lt                                              aad    8  Stopping  the ENJINS 3             rete bx      EO Re                               B 8  ir  sid                                                     B 8  Typical Fuel                                                      8  Welder Operation    etii                   eate cor baa fee Rn d ERA dE             deat chia  B 9  Stck Welding   iet iia hri i eret it ean                 une n             B 9  Pipe Welding m       E                       M     B 9  Constant Current  CC                                4 20440000            B 9  gea rnom                                        B 9  Wire Feed  Constant Voltage                                      B 11  Auxiliary Power                                                                               nnns en ten        B 11  Simultaneous Welding and Auxiliary Power                                B 11  Xem       Tm B 11  Fe ANCA SMP       11  Extension Cord                                                                      12                       500    LINCOLN 8    Section B 1    Retum to Section           Retum to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Retum to Section                      to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       OPERATION    OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS    Read and understand this entire section before operat  
23.        A 2    INSTALLATION    A 2    TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS   COMMANDER 500  K1639 1  amp   2     Make Model    Deutz 3 cylinder  F3L 912  Diesel Engine       Duty Cycle    Welding Range  30   575 Amps CC CV    20   250 Amps TIG    Height   42 0 in   1966 8 mm    Description    44 HP 33 kw     1800 RPM    INPUT   DIESEL ENGINE    Speed  RPM  Displacement    173 cu  in   2 83 L     High Idle 1900  Low Idle 1475  Full Load 1800    Starting Capacities  System  Fuel  25 gal   94 6 L    12VDC battery   amp  Starter       Bore x Stroke    3 94       4 72      100        120               RATED OUTPUT   WELDER  Welding Output    500 Amps  DC multi purpose   550 Amps  DC multi purpose   575 Amps  DC multi purpose     OUTPUT   WELDER AND GENERAT  Open Circuit Voltage  80 Max OCV   1900 RPM       PHYSICAL DIMENSIONS  Width  31 5 in    800 1 mm    Depth  63 1 in   1602 7 mm    Oil  9 5 Qts   9 0L    Volts at Rated Amps    40 Volts  36 Volts  35 Volts    OR  Auxiliary Power     120 240 VAC  12 000 Watts  60 Hz   100  Duty Cycle    Weight  1638 labs   743 kg    Approx               Output rating in watts is equivalent to volt amperes at unity power factor   Output voltage is within     10  at all loads up to rated capacity  When welding  available auxiliary power will be reduced      Top of enclosure  Add 8 9     226 1mm  for exhaust     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Return to Section           Retum to Section TOC            8  9      8       Return to Section TOC    Retum to Master TO
24.        N 2 TOOK       METER  WELD  SIGNAL                   VA          aa 1206  01    515 T        SUPLLY ON TO AMMETER NA  0022 NA Asy Ky 022     P9 50   NA 18   LSW SMT           HI   BOTH METERS    3 109     HOLD     DISPLAYING ACTUAL 8 9 PRESET 1 21  de         al of R52 2 soo NE En              Jt  xi   NA XT 01   A LEFT MOST DECIMAL PT  LOV TSK a  006880      406680  12    8 3         gt e d  d         5        SV  15     0    B lus TO IDLE HOLD OIL OR MULTIARC FAN  NA  SCALE   101 TPH 5 NA  01 PA    406680    NA   NA        150 15  NA  x 50   70   TI a2 6A 5  R153 3 NA NA NA  NA XI A         NA zm 01 _ y 200v  sov     CUR_AMP LOOK R115 R197       R228 R243 1 4  REZ  gt  13   i   M  tv   1004      100K 301K 681K 825K NA           R234 View 70V        01   01   01   010 P 406680  13 tooo H     200 En VOLTMETER  5      tI    t    na                    VOLTMETER_ON 5i    GND 5          2  0          SUPPLY ON      VOLTMETER jan VA NA  BLINKING ate 1208 5  WS glow  0 022 E a  L R561 9022      T  amp   01   221K                100 A  015                V NA V no   36         OIW        pE  GND LL ofie       52 gt     DM      NA  00 06  406680  13   NA  3 090    LEFT MosT DECIMAL PT      400v SA  fpga 4 3 5 S egik             e  R56 6   010  A  BA        METER_HOLD NA  01      X36     NA  NA  SCALE   101        50   70   n    O O RIS2  1006      NA NA   E              21   oci    ke V FEEDBACk TOOK      8 R353 R350 EN V ono     T NA SS di B ees 5 2  THRESH     P pm T pan    
25.        On                                            masses                                      3                                                                                                                                           ze s ss o                                                            9                  c             sy                                 2020                       B ore         0   e0                                                                                                          PART NO     ary    IPC BOARD REFERENCE DESIGNATORS    DESCRIPTION     S25000 28R7SMT    R155 R156 R157 R158 R159  R160    RESISTOR SMD METAL FILM  1 10W 28 70HM        G3660 C    WELD CONTROL        BLANK        524671    PLUG KEYING PLUG     525001 10005        R161 R162 R163 R164 R165  R166    RESISTOR SMD  1000HMS  1 4W  1206 1  TR           19436 2    POTTING TRAY     525001 12135        R167 R168R169    RESISTOR SMD  121K  1 4W  1206  195  TR         58025 80    SELF TAPPING SCREW     525000 22115          170 8171 8172 8173 8174    RESISTOR  SMD  METAL FILM  1 10W 2 21K 1        E2527    EPOXY ENCAPSULATING RESIN     525001 75005        R175    RESISTOR SMD 7500HMS  1 4W  1206  19  TR         E3539    g  EQ     ELECTRICAL INSULATING COMPOUND     525001 20025MT      176   177 8178    RESISTOR SMD  20K  1 4W  1206 1  TR        524762 5     X30     SOFTWARE     525000 33215        R178 R180R181 RT82 R183    RESISTOR SMD METAL FILM  1 10W 3 32K 1        524
26.       COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN       F 25    F 26 F 26    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    ENGINE THROTTLE ADJUSTMENT TEST  CONTINUED     FIGURE F 7   STROBE MARK LOCATION    Return to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC    5      5  B          8  ec       MARK BLOWER  PADDLE HERE     ME   8    5 8 TEST PROCEDURE   9 g Strobe tach Method 5  1 227  ps E 2    ight on the bolt head  Synchronize it to the   8   1  2  this procedure with the engine rS mark  y   f          mE   With the machine at HIGH IDLE the tach   a      2  Unlatch  lift and 2  s ener engine should read between 1890 and 1910 RPM   service access door  Perform the  Case   Cover Removal and Replacement With the machine at LOW IDLE the tach   Procedure through Step 9   For Strobe  should read between 1450 and 1500 RPM     Tach method only      3  With a white or red marking pencil  place a  mark on one of the blower paddles  See  Figure F 7 for location     4  Connect the strobe tach according to the  manufacturer s instructions     Return to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN          TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    ENGINE THROTTLE ADJUSTMENT TEST  CONTINUED     FIGURE F 8   HIGH IDLE ADJ USTMENT       Return to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC          LOCKING  NUT    ADJUSTING  SCREW       Retum to Master TOC       Return to Section TOC                   1r  S      HE  8 8  E        cic    ADJUSTING  COLLAR       LOCKING NUT          Return to Section TOC  Retum to M
27.       Not to exceed 50 A per 120 VAC branch circuit when splitting the 240 VAC output     EXTENSION CORD  RECOMMENDATIONS    An extension cord can be used with the auxiliary power  outputs as long as it is of ample size  Table B 5 lists  permissible extension cord lengths based on conduc   tor size and auxiliary power output     Retum to Master TOC    5          0  B          8  E                                                          8 8 TABLE    5   COMMANDER 500 EXTENSION CORD LENGTH RECOMMENDATIONS              5 Current  Voltage   Load Maximum Allowable Cord Length in ft   m  for Conductor Size   B 4  Amps     Volts     Watts  14 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 8 AWG 6 AWG 4 AWG   9  gt  15 120 1800 30  9  40  12  75  23  125  38  175  53  300  91    8 8 15 240   3600 60  18  75  23  150  46  225  69  350    107    600    183    E 20 120   2400 30  9  50  15  88  27  138  42  225  69    20 240  48010 60  18  100  30  175  53  275  84  450    137    F D 25 240   6000 90  27  150  46  225  69  250  76      30 240   7200 75  23  120  37  175  53  300  91   38 240   9000 100  30  150  46  250  76   50 240  12000 125  38  200  61    Conductor size is based      maximum 2 0  voltage drop              Retum to Section         Retum to Master TOC    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8       Section C 1 Section C 1    TABLE OF CONTENTS    ACCESSORIES SECTION      8  i         550                                               eee es Section C  g Options ACCeSSOrl8S         enit tini                   
28.      8                     524020 6    33 510 511     CONNECTOR MOLEXMINI PCB 6 PIN  TIN       52402010    435    CONNECTOR  MOLEXMINI PCB  10 PIN  TIN        524020 2G    8    CONNECTOR  MOLEXMINI PCB 2 PIN GOLD       524020 4    37 38 39    CONNECTOR  MOLEXMINI PCB 4 PIN  TIN        524020 16     12    CONNECTOR MOLEXMINI PCB 16 PIN  TIN        515000 228MT                 OPTOCOUPLER SMD PHOTO TRANSISTOR 70V         525050 15         01 02 03 04 05 26 07 08 09   010 011 012 014     TRANSISTOR SMD NPN 0 5A 40V  SOT 23 MM        525050 25        1015 016 017 018 019 020   021 022     TRANSISTOR SMS PNP SOT23 0 5A  40V MM       525051 15        023    TRANSISTOR  SMD NMF SOT 223 1 5A 100V         525051 25         024    TRANSISTOR  SMD  NMF D2PAK 18A 200V IRF        525000 47515        RT R24  R25  R26 R27  R28  R29  R30  R31  R32  R34  R35  R36  R37  R38  R39  R41  R42  R43  R44 R45 R46 R47 R48 R49  R382    RESISTOR SMD METAL FILM 1 10W 4 75K 1        525000 15015         R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9  R10 R11 R12 R13 R14 R17  R63    RESISTOR SMD METAL FILM 1 10W 1 50K 1       525000 47505        R18 R19 R20 R21 R22 R23    RESISTOR SMD  METAL FILM  1 10W 4750HMS        525000 10005        R5O R51 R52 R53 R54 R55  R56 R57 R58 R59 R60 R61  R64  R65  R66  R67  R68  R69  R70 R71 R72 R73    RESISTOR SMD METAL FILM  1 10W 1000HMS       525000 82515        R62 R243 R244  R268 R361    IRESISTOR SMD METAL FILM  1 10W 8 25K 1        525001 13018MT    RTARISRTG RIT    RESISTOR SMD  1 3K  1 
29.      Retum to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC    MATERIALS NEEDED    Volt Ohmmeter  Analog   3 8  Wrench   7 16  Wrench   3 4  Wrench    This procedure should take approximately 45 minutes to perform        Retum to Master TOC    5          8  9      8       Retum to Section         Retum to Master TOC    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN                      8  9      8    Return to Section           Y     4  2              3    Retum to Master                            F 47 F 47  TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR  8 8  E 5 POWER MODULE TEST  CONTINUED   9  3 g FIGURE F 21   POWER MODULE CAPACITOR LEADS  LEFT SIDE        AE      i  TEMPERATURE  SWITCH     17Q  POSITIVE      STRAP  w9  y wio     8 POWER    qf                             SN  E DIODE Q ALA      LEAD D4 AV  POSITIVE      STRAP          TEST PROCEDURE  1  Turn the engine off     2  Perform the  Case Cover Removal  proce     dure     3  Perform the  Power Module Capacitor    Discharge procedure     4  Using the 7 16  wrench  loosen the nuts on  the positive terminals of the power capaci   tors  Then remove the nuts  lock washers   and flat washers from the terminals where  the positive straps connect to the power  module PC board  Flip the straps out of the  way  Also remove diode lead D3  if working  on right side power module  or D4  if work   ing on left side power module   See Figure  F 21     5  Using the 7 16  wrench  remove the flex  leads W9 and W10  left side  or W7 and W8   right side  from the Power Module PC board
30.      SZ of y 2  N     gt                to Section         Retum to Master                 HOLD IN COIL   SMALLER TERMINALS  IDLER EACH SIDE    SOLENOID  224 AND  262              PROCEDURE    1  Turn engine off     2  Unlatch  lift and secure the engine access  door     1r  SB      HE  8 8  E        cic    3  Locate and remove the four spade connec   tors that attach the shutdown solenoid termi   nals to the wiring harness leads   224    232M   265 and  262   See Figure F 25   Cut the cable tie     Return to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN          Return to Section           Return to Section TOC    5          8  9      8    Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       F 60    F 60    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    SHUTDOWN SOLENOID REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT  CONTINUED     FIGURE F  26   SHUTDOWN SOLENOID LINKAGE ARM ASSEMBLY        PIVOT PIN  SPACER    PLAIN  WASHER zs    RETAINING  RING    4  Using the 7 16  wrench  remove the three  nuts  two bolts and three lock washers  mounting the shutdown solenoid assembly  to the engine  See Figure F 26     5  Using the long screwdriver and needle nose  pliers carefully remove the retaining ring   plain washer  spacer washer and pivot pin  from the linkage arm assembly  See Figure  F 26     6  Carefully remove the solenoid assembly     7  Replace any faulty parts and reassemble the  solenoid assembly       y  X MOUNTING    FASTENERS 
31.      x10      cus                                                                                  e                                           060                                                                               om                000009000                                                      Ju    52                Jis       L 3            x54           F               L    Vn Hr  xis 50           De wc 07 037       a               5                 td  el             ut te           Vr              XD x X51    xa  061          C C                  1          07    tov                                         Cc e e                   PATET    024 002 cn             sm   i                  0710 R359                                     pooo                                      WELD CONTROL PCB REV       G3660 2          48 CR                                              OOOOON                                          ez                                                                               lY Odl 88 241    wx                                                                                                                        ici                        B        wy                                                                                                      8                                                                                        core    ss O0       oors     e             00  sera                                                           
32.     15     16     17     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN       W6       o          W1  W2       o       W3  W4    o       W5    Replace any  shorted  or  open  diode as    the tests indicate  See the Diode Removal    and Replacement Procedure     Replace the pigtails and stator leads onto  the correct studs  Assemble the washers  and nuts     Replace the lower front panel and output  leads     Replace the upper control panel and  secure     Replace the front left and right case sides        46 F 46    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    POWER MODULE TEST       WARNING    Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel   Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician  or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty  For your safety and to avoid  electrical shock  please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this  manual     Retum to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC    If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the  test repairs safely  contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical trou   bleshooting assistance before you proceed  Call 1 800 833 9353  WELD      TEST DESCRIPTION    This test will help determine if the power modules are shorted  This is a resistance test   not a voltage test  This test will only help diagnose a problem in the  power  section of  the module  Other PC board components could be faulty
33.     Retum to Section TOC    Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       OPERATION    Table B 2   DEUTZ F3L 912  ENGINE FUEL CONSUMPTION                         Deutz F3L 912   Running Time  44 2 Hp for 25 gallons    1800 RPM  Hours   Low Idle   No  47 gallons hour 53 2  Load 1475 RPM    1 77 liters hour   High Idle   No  66 gallons hour 37 9  Load 1900 RPM    2 50 liters hour   DC CC Weld 1 94 gallons hour 12 9  Output 500  7 34 liters hour   Amps   40 Volts  Auxiliary Power 1 31 gallons hour 19 1  12 000 VA  4 96 liters hour           WELDER OPERATION    STICK WELDING    The Commander 500 can be used with a broad range  of DC stick electrodes     The  WELD MODE  switch provides five overlapping  slope controlled current ranges  The OUTPUT adjusts  the current from minimum to maximum within each  range  Voltage is also controlled by the OUTPUT in the  slope controlled setting  These slope controlled set   tings are intended for  out of position  welding  includ   ing pipe welding  where the operator would like to con   trol the current level by changing the arc length     PIPE WELDING    The Commander 500 is equipped with special circuitry  to minimize pop outs in the five slope modes at any  open circuit voltage     For a soft arc characteristic  set the WELD MODE  switch to the lowest setting that still provides the cur   rent you need and set the OUTPUT near maximum   For example  to obtain 140 amps and a soft arc  set  the WELD
34.     for the items listed below  Follow either the hourly or  the calendar intervals  whichever come first  More fre   quent service may be required  depending on your spe   cific application and operating conditions     OIL  Check the oil level after every 8 hours of operation  or daily  BE SURE TO MAINTAIN THE OIL LEVEL     Change the oil the first time between 25 and 50 hours  of operation  Then  under normal operating conditions     change the oil as specified in  Table D 1  If the engine  is operated under heavy load or in high ambient tem   peratures  change the oil more frequently     CHANGE THE OIL  Change the oil  while the engine  is still warm  as follows     1  Drain the oil from the drain plug located on the    engine bottom  as shown in Figure D 1  Examine    the washer and replace it if it appears damaged   2  Replace the plug and washer and tighten firmly     3  Remove the oil fill cap and add oil until the level  reaches the  MAX  mark on the dipstick  See  Use high quality oil viscosity grade  10W40  Consult the engine manual for oil specifi   cations for various ambient temperatures  Always  check the level with the dipstick before adding  more oil     4  Reinstall the oil fill cap and the dipstick     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Return to Section           Return to Section TOC            8  9      8    Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC    Y      4  2  8  E  5  3    Retum to Master              MAINTENANCE    FIGURE D 
35.     no TO AMMETER INPUT      n id 10     Veh      3  cNTVoLT         1         172  1     909   NA   R54 9      47  05A 100 6l TRIG our  2   t  ES aA z              AMMETER   IN SA   E  amp   010 bl eser  81  ZV      NA    5   54     iv  R337 R352 E         ay 70    i NA     024    gt  109 133 TPG NA gs 18    o Vio 01v              7353  gt     VOLTMETER GND HI   LOW IDLE ov      115  ND      100 xx NA           PRESET XTT iW 5   mae 014 19 0 022  o o    TO VOLTMETER INPUT J5 e   a VOLTMETER  IN fpga 05   35V 50V    PRESET LEVEL INPU i A 9 RSS 9 NA 5 FAN OR LOW IOLE 575 40V    PRESET NA      p    83 1  5    V  RIGHT MOST DECIMAL                 044  c    17   ao NA  VOLTMETER   IN NA 5 UN 212  E   4066BD E PR   7 DECIMAL PT  COMMON            15V    5    VMETER  PSET  MODE tov fI                    in Plug    jaw w         E ays preset                                 NA       METER INTERFACE CIRCUIT           NOCTMETER        pos   eNO        w BLINKING LEFT DECIMAL PT  DURING  HOLD      E           01  R190 K gt  EA  GAVA aN 40V  vA NA  2        METER PRESET CIRCUIT            R370 SERIAL DATA MAX_POT END_PT   ofi          4  A RI            TTK           gt                NA 1V   1000A   100V s 50V 8  221   E  iw Zi  z  TK    4 406680 x   DA cin                 S MAX POT  PRESET LEVEL PAS     10     T   252    pga 2       xz SN MAX PRESET ENABLE   fpga gt    1  HI SETPOINT s i LO   POT 15 AT  MAX POT     EET ij TM       m NA CS_LIMITS TS               1000        DISPLAY  M
36.    12 INS  STUD       NY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED  DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY  CLEVELAND  OHIO U SA     QUIPMENT TYPE     COM  CONTROL COMMANDER 300  amp  500               re    MACHINE SCHEMATIC       bue      emos    sce Nove                 1 22 99 DRAWNGNo  G 3834       COMMANDER 500    G 4    60ETT 1 82             JILVWSHIS          8  11  8    3arans       251      NOLLJ3NNOJ GNNOYS HlHV3          IOLLO23NNO2          C  NOLL23NNO2 NOWWOI A    LNIOd 24005 ATddNS H3MOd      LAN 30v170  ATadNS Y    ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS                           931319345 3SIM43   031519345 ASIMYSHLO SSJINN    50890  915 Q3HSI T8nd                31925    SONVYS TOL WIYSLYW        S  OTHO  ON amp 13A312    I  3719NV TY NO       209 OIHIJ3 19 N IOONT 1 AHL    ld 53215 S3 10H NO           02 21919373   102  11 JHL    TIT 60  111          3J3dS ASIMYSH1O SSA INN    30 NOISSIAH3d SS3HdX3        LNOHLIM ISN      GISO7NSIG                         38 01  702 318123 13 N IOONET 3 1                 NOTLYWHOANT                   0     SNIVINOO 132HS SIHI    1002 NOWNOS 9 9NIAVH S IOHINOJ 20 AYLINDYID HO SIN3NOdWOJ 12VX3 JH1 MOHS LON  AVW WeHOVIO             08908 313 14402 9 30 ALT TISU3ONVHOH3INI        9NIL234343V 100HLIA  39NVH2 AVW 04908 1112412 Q31NIBd Y NO AHLIDOSIO YO SINSNOdWOO SONIS    AQOT VT   SAGOIG  swyg   590151539     031519345 ASIMYSHLO 55371             NOILJWYOJNI 1953339    59             3SN3S 9NIDHVH3 AH311V8     
37.    175  10V REF   30V        100  S 10 0  ZIK R140    iw         1                  TOOK    R239 21                2     XTE R207 2 DET TK        vrer f       cle xs5 A gt   8125        1 3           our e 8215 Hu   x   2L 240 10 0K R171 1 z ow      X8 E A out 415  3    01W pgzorapy  8 2 23K 08 4 AVE  CURRENT BUFFER   023               MU iW  IW R292  USE WSC 1  B     15   t          520   i Wu 8208 Rio 5  x5 y RIA  el 100v 01   B  SOFT START        GND   Z  ETT  TO CHOPPER MODULES  7    E       1   014 TIGLIMIT   Sst 3      100K xs  8 R206    DES        ED M      az   cas im 52     1     toga    3 4  i 016 01 a7 9 iW x 6               THK     amp 75      00182501      tim 8246   2     105      AW LL E267                   50    50   330230W        A 2100     Em 01           02 0022 775           REF2 2 Le    m ay 8        009 Ts  2      d    jow           8 HI   DISABLED                 D R168 1  9212 R180   is  lt      TZIK TO AMPHENOL x10 IK 33K MIN CUR DISABLE a  REMOTE 5        01W 01W 5 b 50   tios         3         0710 100  2 023 1 06680      8 d 18       L  120 R248 4  K 12V Ls 12V             Orr iva X19 0 0022 S  475 ES 175  02250 Ld 5 al 200 PED 77010 GND 1 2            iw  5 GND  lt  01   825   TPC             NV GND 406680  12            SVA      amp 75             _       EWPIPEENARLE PWM_ENABLE                                                             fpga 7 tpg     g   e LO   ENABLED        Dy HI ON      3 ony  LO   CV without PINCH POT   STICK  PIPE  REF2 
38.    2      E                                           SENSOR                                           OIL TEMP  SENSOR  amp  SWITCH                       O                  o   v   z                 2         tc                      o          G  2  5          o      2            5                        AMPHENOL 2                                              3                                                    MACHINE SELECT          PCB4 STUD ON ENGINE LEFT SIDE    MOUNTING FOOT  RIGHT SIDE       403       2628  224A   2             WELD BOARD Dr  PCB3   M  N 7 CONTROL POT       ALTERNATOR          232P                     04   405     ag           277  257  256    238    PULL COIL BD  239 GROUNDING BOLT     ON ENGINE BLOCK   PCB8 FRAME    GND STUD ONRIGHTSIDE          ENGINE GROUND  BACK OF CONTROL BOX                      PROGRAMMING                                                             00000009                                    1                                              20         2 Ja 1 J  HOT START PINCH MISC CONTROL                63777    Return to Section         Return to Master TOC    NOTE  This diagram is for reference only  It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual  The wiring diagram specific to your code is pasted inside one of the enclosure panels of your machine     3 COMMANDER 500       Return to Section         Return to Master TOC    Return to Section TOC  Return to Master TOC    olo      o  E  E       5 8  ols  0 12   2  
39.    3          2  o     R  euo3anuro    1 Lia 8 00 1092 pem XD     tt            A n    loiw FIXED_HOT START 3 SAL 2  z     2 B CUR_LIMIT    30740  m       gt  AUX CUR  SENSE                 x or i      A22               food    100         Dale 1210     TOE _ 8403ARUL0 CUR_AMP ole 1210     E      R154 zl 1 38  Sov  Bee p         a ie 60   R106 R204    st 30740 m 200 AUS 029        40v  TZIK 30IK e J 732K      9   R329        R23 400v   400v Es       paw WM       amp  d 32K 700 S 221K 30      8T        1 cas     010          07 START ENABLED  S  took R238             RT tpga R333    i ET PONT     01   721K 137   TY 581   TOROID      016 7013 50       iW      OIW CUR_SENSE CONNECTION            REFZ    Y         B sque           CURRENT iz          R32  0 022 81200                      V 902 Bw 04  fpga 240       GND R332 HOT START ENABLE  200 015            v  212         C26  m 3          GND 5  150 19 T aa      oe Va  o    LOO 5 jo1w 200 sov  S zzi          amp   o1w  p    CUR_AMP AVERAGE CURRENT DELAY mum             Ansv  12  R222 R320 RIGG                        IK GR  a       0D        8330 n     o FROM CURRENT AMP 01 014 Ew 13 0   70     SL  058      a 22     u  16   1   2 2      2   v 70V 70                   o  gt  LOGIC  LO AT AUX_CUR_SENSE INDICATES CURRENT  ENGINE MUST GO TO HIGH IDLE 12  o o               1  1008    14 0     V 01   106680  cic I rSv THERMAL  SENSE CIRCUIT IN hs    ARC FORCE SENSE CIRCUIT Aus 1KHZ OSCILLATOR       BOTH 1 4W  1206  COMMON       3lZ 
40.    REASSEMBLY    1     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN       Using the long screw driver and needle nose  pliers  carefully assemble the retaining ring   plain washer  spacer washer  and pivot pin  to the to the linkage arm assembly  See  Figure F  26       Using the 7 16  wrench  mount the shut     down solenoid assembly to the engine with  three nuts  two bolts  and three lock wash   ers       Attach the four spade connectors from the    wiring harness leads   224   232M   265   and 4262  to the shutdown solenoid termi     nals   See Figure F 25   Replace the cable    tie       Close the engine access door     Retum to Section           Retum to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Retum to Section TOC    Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       F 61    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    POWER MODULE OUTPUT RECTIFIER BRIDGE ASSEMBLY  REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT         WARNING    Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel   Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician  or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty  For your safety and to avoid  electrical shock  please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this  manual     If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the  test repairs safely  contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical trou   blesho
41.    Using the 1 2  wrench  remove the flat  strap to the negative output terminal  Pull  the strap through the power module top  bracket     With the 7 16  socket wrench  remove the  four nuts  lock washers  flat washers  and  carriage bolts that hold the power module  bottom bracket to the machine base     module output rectifier bridge    assembly can now be removed and set to the  side     REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE    1   2     3     Place the assembly back into the machine     Install the four carriage bolts  flat washers   lock washers  and nuts that hold the bottom  bracket to the machine base     Pull the flat negative output strap through  the top bracket and attach it     11     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN         Feed the stator  W  leads through the top    bracket and attach them to the terminals on  the glastic insulator bracket       Pass choke lead W11 through the toroid    and connect it to the shunt       Connect plug assemblies P J50 and P J51    to the power module PC board  both  sides        Connect the power module capacitor    leads  Torque the capacitor nuts to 50 60  inch pounds       Replace any cable ties cut during removal     Install the output panel       Connect the ground wire to the output    panel assembly  if removed     Attach the front left and right side panels  and the front control panel     F 66 F 66    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    POWER MODULE  CHOPPER  PC BOARD DIODE  MODULE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT       WARNING    Service and repair shoul
42.    Weld Control PC Board     Sheet 2    G 15  Schematic     Weld Control PC Board     Sheet 3    G 16  Schematic     Weld Control PC Board     Sheet 4    G 17  Schematic     Weld Control PC Board     Sheet 5    G 18  PC Board Assembly     Weld Control PC Board                    sse G 19   COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 5    G 1    6 2 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS me  WIRING DIAGRAM   COMMANDER 500       EADS 3  amp      PASS          6 0   0 COMMANDER 500 WIRING DIAGRAM  IN OPPOSITE    W2  amp  w3 A wawe CORBESPQNOING SETTINGS 120V AUXILIARY POWER    DIRECTIONS T           AS VIEWED FROM THE FRONT  BA  INSULATED STUD  STATOR AUXILIARY WINDINGS    2 2      ON BOTTOM LEFT  WELD LEAD TO PASS      y  i PAN  gt  OF CONTROL BOX  THRU TOROID ONCE D3   HEATSINK i    AUXILIARY POWER pe 6   6        T   LA            NI GND  SCREW ON  POS i 5        5        CONTROL PANEL                                          OLDER MACHINES MAY BE  x WIRED AS SHOWN                 Return to Master TOC                               Return to Section TOC          D1 DIODE    MODULE Br SELECTOR SWITCH                         SELECTOR SWITCH   MEWED FROM REAR              400      5                      SOMV      HEAT SINK CONN   VIEWED FROM REAR       WELD         LEAD we LEFTSIDE   55 SILVER       j      Or gra J12  L1 CHOKE POS  MODULE J C SS  y 21  09 215 AUXILIARY    NEUTRAL STUD           4 94      d STATOR p         10       BACK OF CONTROL  O 2 0     213 BOX  LEFT SIDE  HOT  GOLDS    wa       WINDINGS Aem ND 
43.    a  Open the engine compartment door     b  Locate the two access holes on the upper mid   dle region of the compartment wall just below  the lift bale     c  Use the lifting strap to raise the lift bale to the  full upright position  This will align the mount   ing holes on the lift bale with the access holes     d  Secure the lift bale with 2 thread forming  screws  The screws are provided in the loose  parts bag shipped with the machine     A WARNING       WR      FALLING EQUIPMENT        cause  injury     Do not lift this machine using lift bale if it    is equipped with a heavy accessory such  as a trailer or gas cylinder          Lift only with equipment of adequate lift   ing capacity       Be sure machine is stable when lifting     HIGH ALTITUDE OPERATION    At higher altitudes  output derating may be necessary   For maximum rating  derate the welder output 596 for  every 300 meters  984 ft   above 1500 meters  4920  ft    For output of 500A and below  derate the welder  output 596 for every 300 meters  984 ft   above 2100  meters  6888 ft      Contact a Deutz Service Representative for any engine  adjustments that may be required     HIGH TEMPERATURE OPERATION    At temperatures above 30  C  86  F   output voltage  derating is necessary  For maximum output current rat   ings  derate the welder voltage rating two volts for  every 10  C  21  F  above 30  C  86  F      TOWING    The recommended trailer for use with this equipment  for road  in plant and yard towing by
44.    a 500 01wW        MIN POT    SENSE   22 8 02           m         I R128 30740  5  5V_REF        Y R369 10K mE     s     THK ow NA ent      Em  NA 1W     0715 8  RIT 01 SN       Mes        m  681K al       2                      L03ARUL0 A F  4510 B      na           Bg         m NA           3 HI   DISPLAY  MIN PRESET       EI 9  21 8 3x 121  BOT       d           i SETBOINT MIN PRESET  ENABLE   fpga gt      BW 14 SETPOINT  WIPER  SCALE 52 9 i wy m  4      t    H  fun  1 2     5              3 Me    took E nm 5    TB low 4 3  lt                    NB      Em    11        MIN_POT_END_PT 1V   1000     100V IX PAGE 5 OF 5  x5 1 2     1g403ARULO           256 ho 406680  2 m B BIT RES      SHAD M  MIN POT  PRESET LEVEL NA  15V  COM                  SV REF mm GENERAL  INFORMATION  o       0 m Se NA    m NA T  15 dd     gt  ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS PER E1537        10 NA  E       NB             10 0K CAPACITORS   MFD   022 50V UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED   55   100 a 7 7   lt  01    2  01   45V  gt s  gt      1OV REF             RESISTORS   Ohms   0805     UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED  LABELS    ke         ad PROGRAMMABLE Pa 54 1  COM COM    gt    DIODES    2A  200V  UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED  A SUPPLY VOLTAGE NET  LO 1 S  TPUINT SCALE RESISTOR FOR             10 1 SETPOINT SCALE SETPOINT SCALING            gt _ gt      POWER SUPPLY SOURCE POINT     9      GND 5  COMMON CONNECTION  pm o wy      us FILENAME  5000749  G3660 2  63900 2C  7 FRAME CONNECTION       THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIET
45.   2          2               O  O                42  o  9            c     2                9 19    PC BOARD ASSEMBLY   WELD CONTROL      BOARD    ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS             E          Jo       w HQOOO                                    R249    00000    god                                                                   Hoo                ood                                        7 05                          039 064        Inn os    NISI           oss o6 on je                                                               cele HUI                                                                                                          ero d           e  eye         2    5    D4       R380 x56    x24          RBS RB9       8766    051  Inr ge  qur             Ries L   1 RES               95 IRIS                            U                          L                              xy x7       on un                    tel              x22                                e e                GEJ             e  imc    R561    7                      L          l                  L             L    ohar RO ile eF  09       576    225                         e   076                    ss               x40                  1 x                         04           eal me                      L       C          L V             uau                                   e xli          Mr          cuz    I ejt xn        023    x35                          x34                                
46.   DOUBLE POLE DOUBLE THROW  SWITCH RATING TO BE THE SAME  AS OR GREATER THAN PREMISES  SERVICE OVERCURRENT  PROTECTION   PREMISES     DISCONNECT AND    SERVICE  50AMP GROUND OVERCURRENT  PROTECTION    240 VOLT    DOUBLE  POLE  CIRCUIT  BREAKER    50 AMP  120 240  VOLT PLUG  NEMA TYPE 14 50        240 VOLT    1  N     50 AMP  120 240 VOLT      Pb a NN  NOTE  No  6 COPPER CONDUCTOR CABLE  SEE    RECEPTACLE  NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE FOR ALTERNATE WIRE  SIZE RECOMMENDATIONS     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Retum to Master           Retum to Master TOC    Y     4  2  8  E  5  4    Retum to Master              Section B 1    TABLE OF CONTENTS    OPERATION SECTION      jer mM                                                      Section B  Operating Instt  ctlohns              dpa tita Pepe RE Fue EC RE ex brevia Pad B 2                                6                          NE alee                    2  General Tegel                                              2   Recommended Applications               2     010100                                              a aN                       3  Design Features and Advantages                                   B 3  Welding Capability             cota                     4  Controls  and  Settings                      B 4  Engirie  Controls    uiui rui att                                   5  Welder Control S                                                            E B 6  Auxiliary Power Controls sisiring                              
47.   terminals     6  Using the 7 16  wrench  remove the nega   tive jumper strap attaching the power capac   itors to the Power Module PC board     NOTE  Make sure the bolts do not fall back  against the heat sink     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN       Return to Section           Return to Section TOC    5          8  9      8    Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC    Y     4  2              3    Retum to Master              F 48    F 48    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    POWER MODULE TEST  CONTINUED     FIGURE F 22     IGBT TEST       Q  HEAT SINK       POSITIVE  4   CAPACITOR  TERMINAL   5                      5             Check IGBT For  Shorts     7  Using the analog ohmmeter  connect the 8  Reverse the meter probe leads  The resis     positive meter probe to the heat sink and the tance should be very high  over 50 000  negative meter probe to the positive capaci  ohms   It the resistance is low in either Step  tor terminal on the Power Module PC board  7 or 8  the IGBT may be shorted or leaky     See Figure F 22  The resistance reading  should be high  over 20 000 ohms      COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN       F 49 F 49    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    POWER MODULE TEST  CONTINUED     FIGURE F 23   DIODE MODULE TEST       Return to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC    Q  HEAT SINK              DIODE       MODULE  TERMINALS     C    NS    Return to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC             Check Diode Module When all tests are complete     9  U
48.   to Max   10  within each  range       Constant Voltage  Output for MIG  WIRE or  CORED WIRE       Welding       1 Range Setting  14 to 40 Volts       Provides Fine  Voltage  Adjustment          1 If the WELD MODE switch is positioned between settings  the pre   vious setting is maintained until the switch is properly positioned on  a setting       OUTPUT also controls O C V  while in the 5 sloped output ranges     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Return to Section           Retum to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       OPERATION    12  6   PINCONNECTOR  AMPHENOL     The 6 pin amphenol located on the control panel  allows for connection of interfacing equipment     13  WELD OUTPUT TERMINALS   AND      These 1 2   13 studs with flange nuts provide welding  connection points for the electrode and work cables   For positive polarity welding  the electrode cable con   nects to the         terminal and the work cable connects  to this         terminal  For negative polarity welding  the  work cable connects to the         terminal and the elec   trode cable connects to this         terminal     AUXILIARY POWER CONTROLS   Items 14 through 18      14  120 240       RECEPTACLE    This is a 120 240VAC  14 50R  receptacle that  provides 240VAC  Or  it can be split for 120VAC sin   gle phase auxiliary power  This receptacle has a 50  amp rating  Refer to  AUXILIARY P
49.   x50  10V_REF 1  HI   TG REF2 n e m RE25    T le fo    X51  B FIXED  MIN  ENABLE 1          R163                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           
50.  EQUIPMENT TYPE  COMMON ANALOG CONTROL    11400   or                      ON ALL ANGLES IS   5 OF A DEGREE   MATERIAL TOLERANCE   t   TO AGREE     WITH PUBLISHED 57       ONS PLAGE DEGAS 0  1 EET          SUBECT  WELD CONTROL PCB ASSEMBLY    pee   5       DATE 1 27 2000 DRAWINGNo  G 3660 2                Return to Section         Return to Master TOC       Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting  PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty  Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric  This information is pro   vided for reference only  Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician  Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the    machine  COMMANDER 500       LINCOLN  amp     ELECTRIC         Return to Section           Return to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC    5          8  9      8    Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC    Y     4  2          5  3    Retum to Master              SVM ERROR REPORTING FORM    We need to know if there are errors in our manuals  We also value any suggestions as to  additional tests or procedures that would make this SVM a better tool for you     If you discover new or different    Problems or Symptoms  that are not covered in the three col     umn troubleshooting chart  please
51.  MODE switch to the 150 MAX position and  then adjust the OUTPUT for 140 amps     When    forceful   digging  arc is required  use a higher  setting and lower the open circuit voltage  For example   to obtain 140 amps and a forceful arc  set the WELD  MODE to the 250 MAX position and then adjust the  OUTPUT to get 140 amps     CONSTANT CURRENT  CC  WELDING    In the CC   STICK position of 30 to 575  the WELD  MODE switch is designed for horizontal welds with all  types of electrodes  especially low hydrogen  The  OUTPUT adjusts the full range of 30 to 575 amps  This  setting provides a soft  constant current arc  If a more  forceful arc is desired  select the proper range from the  slope controlled current ranges     In the CC mode  sticking can be prevented by adjust   ing the ARC CONTROL  Turning this control clockwise  increases the short circuit current  thus preventing  sticking  This is another way of increasing arc force     TIG WELDING    The furthest position clockwise of the WELD MODE  switch is for TIG welding in the range of 20 amps to 250  amps  with a  Touch Start  feature  To initiate a weld   the OUTPUT is first set to the desired current  and the  tungsten is touched to the work  During the time the  tungsten is touching the work  there is very little voltage  or current and  in general  no tungsten contamination   Then  the tungsten is gently lifted off the work in a rock   ing motion  which establishes the arc     The Commander 500 can be used in a wide var
52.  MODULATION is used to  describe how much time is devoted to conduction in the  cycle  Changing the pulse width is known as MODU   LATION  Pulse Width Modulation  PWM  is the varying  of the pulse width over the allowed range of a cycle to  affect the output of the machine     MINIMUM OUTPUT    By controlling the duration of the gate signal  the IGBT  is turned on and off for different durations during a  cycle  The top drawing shows the minimum output sig   nal possible over a 50 microsecond time period     50 usec     Dwell or Off Ss       The positive portion of the signal represents one IGBT  group conducting for 2 microsecond  The dwell time  off  time  is 48 microseconds  Since only 2 microseconds of  the 50 microsecond time period is devoted to conduct   ing  the output power is minimized     MAXIMUM OUTPUT    By holding the gate signals on for 48 microseconds and  allowing only 2 microseconds of dwell time  off time   during the 50 microsecond cycle  the output is maxi   mized  The darkened area under the top curve can be  compared to the area under the bottom curve  The  more darkened area under the curve  the more power  is present     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Return to Section           Retum to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Return to Section TOC               to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       THEORY OF OPERATION    CHOPPER TECHNOLOGY  FUNDAMENTALS    The new era of welding machines such as the  Co
53.  ON 63900 2C4 VERSIONS  AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED  DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PERMISSION OF     THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC CO    DESIGNED BY     FC  SS  AM    o  gt  NB COMPONENTS NOT INSERTED ON 83660 2 VERSIONS  AND          NOTES INSERTED ON G3660 2C4 VERSIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE   Ch   gesSht No THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC CO            ANALOG WELD CONTROL           EI  2C ON HOLES SIZES PER E 2056                           NOT ASERTE nearer aoe VERSION ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS I5    02 XA CLEVELAND  OHIO U S A                 POWER CONNECTIONS  ECT             51       COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY ON A PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD MAY CHANGE ON    PLACE DECIMALS IS   002 7 1 2000 03        WITHOUT AFFECTING THE INTERCHANGEABILITY OF A COMPLETE BOARD  THIS DIAGRAM MAY ON ALL ANGLES IS    5 OF A DEGREE rot SCA NONE SHT   amp        NOT SHOW THE EXACT COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY OF CONTROLS HAVING A COMMON CODE  MATERIAL TOLERANCE   t   TO AGREE DR  FC pate 10 12 2000              SUP S D G  No     G3661 2C4 3       5 NUMBER  WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS    D    NOTE  This diagram is for reference only  It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual     LINCOLN 59    ELECTRIC         COMMANDER 500       a ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS did  SCHEMATIC   WELD CONTROL PC BOARD   SHEET 4                                                                                                                                                                                                     
54.  POWER  amp       TRIGGER  CURRENT 260A  0129   FROM LN25 TO 261A  12 10     ACTIVATE IDLER     232D  232T  amp  232W  MULTI LEAD     mae 232W  112 14     2325             0  WHEN ON   996  42 15   IDLERAOLD COIL   56  J13 7              X7   omo g          25 23   012 1122     WELD CONTROL  PC BOARD     J4 1 THRU 10     J5 1 THRU 10   M1 THRU M10     M1 THRU M10              a  gt v                               A                42 3   0124         013 3  405A             013 1  115A  15V           13 2  t01A   COM        13 4  116A     19V    3 5 tt  a 15   TO GND        We    e Fal 9 IDLER SWITCH   uos ais  TO AMPHENOL          WELD TERMINALS SWITCH   ov 2s                           241  213              o cv   22246 59 90A PIPE    02 3  215           o 150         OUTPUT   24  21              o 250APIPE SELECTOR   25521 50 350A PIPE SWITCH   2 6  218               500A PIPE         02 7  220           o   Ti    128  222      911 5  250 THERMOSTATS ON  249 CHOPPER MODULES  NORMALLY CLOSED   11 4  254   we               9             J11 6  2532     012 12  404                     lt  gt                                   NOTE  This diagram is for reference only        ENGINE  ALTERNATOR                   p  J       17  1423   18  428    15  42 1    16  42 6           42 2   115A  042 5   101A  42 7   116A  042 9   118    42 10     ANALOG  POWER PC  BOARD    510424      i3  441 1  14  412     M                    y  42VOLT AC    WIRE FEEDER  ROTOR FIELD  POWER SLIP RINGS    
55.  SILVER                                                                                    BYPASS i 5  L   FILTER          HEAT SINK CONN  HOT  GOLD      ASSEMBLY  D2 DIODE    MODULE                                                       PC BOARD TO     1  08       HEAT SINK CONN        RIGHT SIDE       1 2008        gt         2 MODULE                       SX    J 1199 201 200A                   31   74            A  emus    208A POWER MODULE      200      E     6D   POWER SUPPLY E 200E  J PCB2 300V 200C  IOTE  ON SOME MACHINES  LEADS  bm ROTOR pes  Een         amp  6F  SH  amp  SP MAY BE CONNECT     SWITCH SHOWN IN  D  POSITIVE POLARITY 201A    D OUTSIDE THE SPS  INLINE  POSITION POSITIVE BRUSH CONNECTED    TO SLIP RING NEAREST 241A  TO THE LAMINATION 201B    T 5H     POLARITY mes ENGINE HARNESS  SWITCH 21 226   200     097 232T 224A    234A       233A   wuLTHLEAD s   239A    2320                                                                                                     Return to Section TOC  Return to Master TOC                                                                            32W   WELDING TERMINALS  OUTPUT CONTROL SWITCH IDLER    CONTROL VIEWED SHOWN IN CONTROL    4            IDLER SWITCH MAY NOT  ccw       gt  FROM AWAYE ON POSTION EAR ON SOME MACHINES     EAD 256  amp  257 WILL BE    nsvac         Ri BACK    2  4      i  JONNECTED TOGETHER  AND  VIEWED                                      IDLE WILL BE DISABLED ON                                  42VA
56.  STATOR  PULL COIL BOARD  AND PERIPHERAL BOARD   ENGINE PROTECTION    COMMANDER 500    WORK  THREE PHASE TERMINAL    RECTIFIER     TO WELD                    CONTROL  BOARD       ELECTRODE  TERMINAL                gt                            MECHANICAL  ROTATION    ENGINE       STARTER            CONTROL    VOLTMETER  AMMETER       ALTERNATOR        RUN STOP  SWITCH       AUXILIARY       STATOR S                THERMAL ARC OUTPUT PROCESS RANGE  CONTROL CONTROL SELECTOR    42 VAC TO 14        AMPHENOL  FOR WIRE FEEDER    WINDINGS          zzooJcro                TO WELD  CONTROL             GENERAL DESCRIPTION    The Commander 500 is a diesel engine driven welding  power source capable of producing 500 amps at  40VDC at a 100  duty cycle  The engine is coupled to  a brush type alternating current generator  This AC  output is rectified and controlled by   Technology to produce DC current for multi purpose  welding applications  The Commander 500 is also  capable of producing 12 000 watts of AC auxiliary  power at 100  duty cycle     BATTERY  ENGINE  ROTOR   STATOR  PULL COIL BOARD AND    PERIPHERAL BOARD     ENGINE  PROTECTION    The 12VDC battery powers the engine starter motor  and also supplies power to the Battery PC board  Pull  Coil PC board  Peripheral PC board and associated  circuitry  When the engine  which is mechanically cou   pled to the rotor  is started and running  the 12 VDC    240VAC   RECEPTACLE    120VAC  RECEPTACLES  2     battery voltage is fed through 
57.  TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    STATOR VOLTAGE TEST  CONTINUED     FIGURE F 16   OUTPUT RECTIFIER DIODE BRIDGE    Return to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC    W6       o       W1  W2       o       W3  W4    o    W5       WELD WINDING  LEAD CONNECTIONS    Q   Ji         510             2   8 8   AE   E 74 4  Locate the weld winding leads connected to 8  If the tests      Steps 6 and 7        OK and the  the three phase output rectifier diode bridge  stator voltages are low or missing  the stator  See Figure F 16  may be faulty    5  Check for approximately 68VAC from W1 to 9  Replace the lower front panel and output   We  Also check from W3 to W4 and from leads   W5 to W6     10  Replace the upper control panel and  6  If any of these voltages are low or missing secure                                                 Tos  11  Replace the front left and right case sides     7  Also check leads  6F and  5P for loose or  faulty connections to the field bridge  See  the Wiring Diagram     Retum to Master TOC    5          8  9      8       Retum to Section         Retum to Master TOC    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN          F 39 F 39    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    ANALOG POWER SUPPLY PC BOARD VOLTAGE TEST         WARNING    Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel   Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician  or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty  For your safety 
58.  a vehicle    is  Lincoln s K953 1  If the user adapts    non Lincoln trail   er  he must assume responsibility that the method of  attachment and usage does not result in a safety haz   ard nor damage the welding equipment  Some of the  factors to be considered are as follows     1  Design capacity of the trailer vs  weight of the  Lincoln equipment and likely additional attach   ments     2  Proper support of  and attachment to  the base of  the welding equipment so that there will be no  undue stress to the trailer s framework     3  Proper placement of the equipment on the trailer to  insure stability side to side and front to back when  being moved and when standing by itself     4  Typical conditions of use  such as travel speed   roughness of surface on which the trailer will be  operated  and environmental conditions     Proper preventative maintenance of the trailer     6  Conformance with federal  state and local laws       Consult applicable federal  state and local laws  regarding specific requirements for use on public high   Ways     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Retum to Section           Retum to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Retum to Section TOC    Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC          INSTALLATION    PRE OPERATION ENGINE SERVICE    READ the engine operating and maintenance instruc   tions supplied with this machine        WARNING      Keep hands away from the engine muf   fler or HOT engine 
59.  anything to the 6 pin connector     WELDING TERMINALS    The Commander is equipped with a toggle switch for  selecting  hot  welding terminals when in the  WELD  TERMINALS ON  position or  cold  welding terminals  when in the  WELDING TERMINALS REMOTELY  CONTROLLED  position     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Return to Section           Return to Section TOC            8  9            Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       INSTALLATION    WELDING OUTPUT CABLES    With the engine off  route the electrode and work  cables through the strain relief bracket provided on the  front of the base and connect to the terminals provided   These connections should be checked periodically and  tightened if necessary     Listed in Table A 1 are copper cable sizes recommend   ed for the rated current and duty cycle  Lengths stipu   lated are the distance from the welder to work and back  to the welder again  Cable sizes are increased for  greater lengths primarily for the purpose of minimizing  cable voltage drop     TABLE    1   COMBINED LENGTH       ELECTRODE AND WORK CABLES       Total Combined Length of  Electrode and Work Cables             Amps    100   Duty Cycle   Up to 150 ft    150 200 ft    200 250 ft   500 3 0 AWG 3 0 AWG   4 0 AWG                   MACHINE GROUNDING    Because this portable engine driven welder creates its  own power  it is not necessary to connect its frame to  an earth ground  unless
60.  auxiliary  power  The engine operates nor   mally     Observe Safety Guidelines    detailed in the beginning of this manual     POSSIBLE AREAS OF  MISADJUSTMENT S     OUTPUT PROBLEMS      Check the brushes for wear and  proper contact to the rotor slip  rings       Make sure the engine is operat   ing at the correct high idle  speed  1900RPM        Check for loose or faulty con   nections or leads on the auxil   iary power studs in the control  box  See the Wiring Diagram     RECOMMENDED  COURSE OF ACTION    1  Perform the  Rotor Resistance    2  Perform the  If the   flashing  voltage is not present  the Battery PC board or leads   201 or  200        be faulty   See the Wiring Diagram  Also  make sure that lead  5P has  continuity  zero ohms  to  ground       Check the field diode bridge and  capacitor  Replace if necessary     4  Perform the  Stator Voltage    5  See the  Start Up  Diagnostic Chart     and OCV       No auxiliary power at the recepta   cles  The welding output is normal  and the engine operates normally          The circuit breakers may be  tripped  Reset if necessary       Check for loose or faulty con   nections at the auxiliary recep   tacles          Check the wiring between the  auxiliary receptacles  the con   nection studs in the control box   and the main stator  See the  Wiring Diagram     2  Perform the  Stator Voltage          CAUTION    If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test repairs safely  
61.  avoid  electrical shock  please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this  manual     If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the  test repairs safely  contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical trou   bleshooting assistance before you proceed  Call 1 800 833 9353  WELD      TEST DESCRIPTION    This test will determine if the shutdown solenoid is capable of functioning when it is ener   gized with 12VDC     MATERIALS NEEDED  External 12VDC supply   30 amps required   Wiring Diagram  Volt Ohmmeter          This procedure should take approximately 30 minutes to perform           COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN       F 23    Return to Section           Retum to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       F 24       F 24    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    SHUTDOWN SOLENOID TEST  CONTINUED     FIGURE F 6   SHUTDOWN SOLENOID LEAD TERMINALS    EACH SIDE    SHUTDOWN  SOLENOID                   TEST PROCEDURE      Turn the engine off       Unlatch  lift  and secure the right side engine    service access door       Locate and remove the four spade connec     tors that attach the shutdown solenoid leads  to the wiring harness leads   224   262    232M and  265   See Figure F 6 and the  Wiring Diagram  Remove any necessary  wire wraps       Check the pull in coil resistance  larger ter     
62.  charged battery will have  a specific gravity of 1 260  Charge the battery if the  reading is below 1 215     NOTE  Correct the specific gravity reading by adding  four gravity points  0 004  for every five degrees the  electrolyte temperature is above 80 degrees F  27  degrees  C   Subtract four gravity points   004  for  every five degrees the electrolyte temperature is below  80 degrees F  27 degrees C      CHECKING ELECTROLYTE LEVEL  If battery cells  are low  fill them to the neck of the filler hole with dis   tilled water and recharge  If one cell is low  check for  leaks     CHARGING THE BATTERY  The Commander 500 is  equipped with a wet charged battery  The charging  current is automatically regulated when the battery is  low  after starting the engine  to a trickle current when  the battery is fully charged     When you charge  jump  replace  or otherwise connect  battery cables to the battery  be sure the polarity is cor   rect  Improper polarity can damage the charging cir   cuit  The Commander 500 charging system is NEG   ATIVE GROUND  The positive     battery terminal has  a red terminal cover     If you need to charge the battery with an external  charger  disconnect the negative cable first  then the  positive cable before you attach the charger leads   After the battery is charged  reconnect the positive bat   tery cable first and the negative cable last  Failure to  do so can result in damage to the internal charger com   ponenis     Follow the instructions 
63.  contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed  Call    1 800 833 9353     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN                 Retum to Section           Return to Section TOC                8  9      8       Retum to Section TOC    Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       F 6    F 6    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    Observe Safety Guidelines    detailed in the beginning of this manual     PROBLEMS   SYMPTOMS     The machine has welding output  but no control of output  The auxil   iary power is normal     POSSIBLE AREAS OF  MISADJUSTMENT S     OUTPUT PROBLEMS      If a remote control unit is con   nected to the machine  check  the remote control and related  cable       Check the welding and work  cables for loose or faulty con   nections     TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE    RECOMMENDED  COURSE OF ACTION    1  Check the OUTPUT control  potentiometer        related  leads  See the Wiring Diagram       Check the shunt and associated  feedback leads  See the Wiring  Diagram       Check the voltage feedback  leads for loose or faulty connec   tions  See the Wiring Diagram     4  Perform the  Power Module      The Weld Control PC board  may be faulty     5  See the  Start Up and         Diagnostic Chart        The machine has low welding out   put and low auxiliary output        1  Check the brushes for wear and  proper contact to the slip rings     2  The engine RPM may be low          I
64.  duty  industrial engine  It is designed and built  for rugged use  It is very normal for any engine to use  small quantities of oil until the break in is accom   plished  Check the oil level twice a day during the  break in period  about 200 running hours         CAUTION    During break in  subject the Commander 500 to heavy  loads  Avoid long periods running at idle  Before stop   ping the engine  remove all loads and allow the engine  to cool several minutes     The heavy loading of the engine during break in  with   in the rating of the machine  is recommended to prop   erly seat the piston rings and prevent wetstacking   Wetstacking is an accumulation of unburned fuel  and or lubricant in the form of a set  black  tar like sub   stance in the exhaust pipe  The rings are seated and  the break in period is complete when there are no  longer any signs of wetstacking  which should occur  within the first 50 to 100 hours of operation        CAUTION    Using your welder at low amperages with long idle run   ning periods during the break in period may result in a  glaze forming on the engine cylinder walls and the  rings not seating properly  No amount of loading will  properly seat the pistons rings after they are glazed  over     TYPICAL FUEL CONSUMPTION    Refer to  Table B 2 for typical fuel consumption of the  Commander 500 engine for various operating  scenarios     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Return to Section           Retum to Section TOC    5          8  9      8   
65.  engine off before working inside the  machine     e Remove covers or guards only when necessary to  perform maintenance and replace them when the  maintenance requiring their removal is complete     If covers or guards are missing from the machine  get  replacements from a Lincoln Distributor     Read the Safety Precautions in the front of this manu   al and in the instruction manual for the diesel engine  used with your machine before working on the  Commander 500     Keep all equipment safety guards  covers  and devices  in position and in good repair  Keep your hands  hair   clothing  and tools away from the fans  and all other  moving parts when starting  operating  or repairing this  machine     ROUTINE AND PERIODIC  MAINTENANCE    ENGINE MAINTENANCE  DAILY  a  Check the crankcase oil level     b  Refill the fuel tank to minimize moisture condensa   tion in the tank         Open the water drain valve located on the bottom  of the water separator element one or two turns  and allow to drain into a container suitable for  diesel fuel for two to three seconds  Repeat the  above drainage procedure until diesel fuel is  detected in the container     WEEKLY    Blow out the machine with low pressure air periodical   ly  In particularly dirty locations  this may be required  once a week     A CAUTION    To prevent the engine from accidentally starting  dis   connect the negative battery cable before servicing the  engine     See  Table D 1 for a summary of maintenance intervals
66.  for electrical trou   bleshooting assistance before you proceed  Call 1 800 833 9353  WELD      8 8          5 5 TEST DESCRIPTION  9 g This test will determine if the engine alternator and associated circuitry are functioning  9 8 properly   EJE    E MATERIALS NEEDED  3 8  Wrench  Volt Ohmmeter    Wiring Diagram       This procedure should take approximately 30 minutes to perform     Retum to Master TOC                8  9      8       Retum to Section         Retum to Master TOC    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN          Return to Section           Return to Section TOC    5          8  9      8    Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC    Y     4  2              3    Retum to Master              F 51     239    F 51    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    CHARGING CIRCUIT TEST  CONTINUED     FIGURE F 24   ENGINE ALTERNATOR LOCATION                                       Locate the engine alternator      238    TEST PROCEDURE      Turn engine off       Using the 3 8  wrench  remove the left rear    case cover     See Figure     24       Start the engine and run it at high idle  1900    RPM        Set the voltmeter for DC volts and measure    the DC volts at lead  239 to engine ground   See the Wiring Diagram  Normal is 13 2 to  14 5VDC       Set the voltmeter for DC volts and measure    the DC volts at lead  238 to engine ground   See the Wiring Diagram  Normal is 13 2 to  14 5VDC        7     Set the voltmeter for DC volts and measure  the DC volts at l
67.  in damage to the    machine        COMMANDER 500             ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS ov  SCHEMATIC   WELD CONTROL PC BOARD   SHEET 1                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           
68.  ing your Commander 500     SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS    A WARNING       Do not attempt to use this equipment until you have  thoroughly read all operating and maintenance man   uals supplied with your machine  They include impor   tant safety precautions  detailed engine starting  oper   ating  and maintenance instructions and parts lists     ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill       Do not touch electrically live parts or  electrodes with your skin or wet cloth   ing    e Insulate yourself from the work and  ground         e      Always wear dry insulating gloves     FUMES AND GASES CAN BE  3 DANGEROUS     0    Keep your head out of fumes   E    Use ventilation or exhaust to remove    fumes from breathing zone     WELDING SPARKS CAN  SIS CAUSE FIRE OR EXPLOSION                  Keep flammable material away             not weld on containers that have  held combustibles     ARC RAYS CAN BURN   4 Wear eye  ear  and body protection           WM    ENGINE EXHAUST can kill     3     a   Use in open  well ventilated areas or    vent exhaust outside      Do not stack anything near the engine          MOVING PARTS can injure       Do not operate with doors open or        guards off       Stop engine before servicing       Keep away from moving parts    Only qualified personnel should operate this  equipment     ADDITIONAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS    Always operate the welder with the hinged door closed  and the side panels in place  as these provide maxi   mum protection from moving parts and insure prope
69.  lt 4    T      120VAC       AC AUX        POWER  240 V AC    ROTOR RESISTANCE  25  27 OHMS      120 VAC    120 VOLT AC  POWER FOR  ROTOR FIELD CIRCUIT                         80V DC INPUT POWER                       43 11  200        232D   2 20 amp      2  BW  INSULATED MULTI    281A  J43 3               043 14  271   43 8  270        232  43 5      12 INS  STUD    2328     OIL  PRES                                2324  31 4   5T  31 9   PERIPHERAL  PC BOARD        239A  32 8      032 12            732 10  229A     32 6  234A Ho   SWI SENSOR  TEMPERATURE  5 Erm   SWITCH SENSOR    FUELLVL   SENSOR                    32 9  229       SHUT DOWN HOLD COIL     031 5  2244     o D    3                403  J65 3      PULL COIL    PC BOARD             IDLE SOL   405  J65 5  PULL COIL    401  J65 1  227  B1        BATTERY       PC BOARD                               BATT  CHRG   METER    STUD     LEAD   RUN STOP SWITCH  SHOWN IN RUN POS        2368   32A     ENGINE  STARTER  SOLENOID    ENGINE  STARTER    GROUND       402  65 2     55  B4  265  B3   404  65 4 232N  B2                   xeu     DO NOT SCALE HS DRAWING        X INFO     It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual      THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPA     Chg  Sheet No           031 6  2628  4       9 7 WES Wo 59        2           SHUT DOWN  PULL COIL    HOUR METER  232R     12 VOLTS FROM THE BATTERY VIA  THE RUN   STOP SWITCH     23    12 INS  STUD    C
70.  panel  output and  208 from their in line connectors   panel  to the case front assembly  Then  remove the front two screws holding the top  of the panel  These are accessed in the  control box  on the bottom at each side of  the box  Using the 7 16  wrench  discon   nect the green ground lead  See Figure  F 19  Carefully move the lower front panel  to the right side     Retum to Master TOC    5          8  9      8       Retum to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN          Return to Section           Return to Section TOC    5          8  9      8    Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC    Y     4  2              3    Retum to Master              F 45    10     11     12     F 45    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    OUTPUT RECTIFIER BRIDGE TEST CONTINUED     FIGURE F 20   DIODE LEAD REMOVAL    WELD WINDING  LEAD CONNECTIONS      Using the 7 16  wrench  remove the stator    leads and diode pigtail leads from the three  studs  Label the leads for reassembly   Note leads and pigtail placement for  reassembly  See Figure F 20     Electrically isolate the six diode pigtail  leads by carefully bending them out into   free air      With an ohmmeter or diode tester  check  each of the six diodes from their pigtails to  their respective heat sinks     Reverse the tester leads and check the  diodes again  Diodes should have a low  resistance in one polarity and a very high  resistance in the opposite polarity        13     14 
71.  share this information with us  Please include the  machine   s code number and how the problem was resolved     Thank You    Technical Services Group  Lincoln Electric Co    22801 St  Clair Ave   Cleveland  Ohio 44117 1199    FAX 216 481 2309    SVM Number  Page Number if necessary  Your Company    Your Name    Please give detailed description below     SD287 01 99    LINCOLN P    
72.  stored energy in the choke  when the IGBTs are turned off  See   Technology  in this section    Output voltage and current feedback information is fed    to the Weld Control PC board  This information is  sensed from the output terminal circuits and the shunt     NOTE  Unshaded areas of Block Logic Diagram are the subject of discussion     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Retum to Section           Return to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Retum to Section           Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       THEORY OF OPERATION    FIGURE E 4     ANALOG CONTROL POWER SUPPLY BOARD AND WELD CONTROL BOARD    COMMANDER 500          MECHANICAL  ROTATION    ENGINE       STARTER             WORK  THREE PHASE TERMINAL  RECTIFIER  TO WELD  uj  CONTROL  BOARD    POWER MODULES   2  ELECTRODE  TERMINAL  pad         gt                  CONTROL  BOARD       VOLTMETER    AMMETER             ALTERNATOR           RUN STOP  SWITCH        zzoo4dcro                 PERIPHERAL  BOARD          ANALOG CONTROL POWER  SUPPLY BOARD AND WELD  CONTROL BOARD    The Analog Power Supply PC board  which is powered  by 80 VDC derived from the filter capacitors on the  Power Modules  supplies various regulated DC volt   ages to operate the Weld Control PC board circuitry  It  also supplies two regulated DC voltages to operate the  IGBT driver circuitry on the two Power Modules     The Weld Control PC board monitors the operator con   trols  arc control  o
73.  the 120 VAC or 240 VAC supply  not both  at the same time      ARC GOUGING    For optimal performance when arc gouging  set the  Commander 500 WELD MODE switch to the CC    STICK position  and the ARC CONTROL to 10     Set the OUTPUT knob to adjust output current to the  desired level for the gouging electrode being used  according to the ratings in the following table              Electrode Current Range  Diameter  DC  electrode positive   1 8  30 60 Amps  5 32  90 150 Amps  3 16  150 200 Amps  1 4  200 400 Amps  5 16  250 400 Amps  3 8  350 575 Amps          Maximum current setting is limited to the Commander  500 maximum of 575 Amps     PARALLELING    When paralleling machines in order to combine their  outputs  all units must be operated in the CC   STICK  mode only  To achieve this  turn the WELD MODE  switch to the CC   STICK position  Operation in other  modes may produce erratic outputs and large output  imbalances between the units     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8             OPERATION  8 8  E m TABLE B 4   COMMANDER 500 SIMULTANEOUS WELDING AND POWER LOADS  ij  3   Permissible Permissible Auxiliary  818 Welding Power   Watts Current in Amperes        Output Range  Unity Power       Setting Welding Output Factor   9 120 V   10        240 V   10      cic  30 575 500A 40V 0 0 0  500 500A 40V 0 0 0  350 350A 30V 9500 80  40  250 250A 29V 12000 100   50  150 150A 27V 12000 100   50  90 90A 25V 12000 100   50                     Each duplex receptacle is limited to 20 amps
74.  the machine is connected to  premises wiring  home  shop  etc       To prevent dangerous electric shock  other equipment  powered by this engine driven welder must     a  be grounded to the frame of the welder using a  grounded type plug     or  b  be double insulated     When this welder is mounted on a truck or trailer  its  frame must be securely connected to the metal frame  of the vehicle  When this engine driven welder is con   nected to premises wiring such as that in a home or  shop  its frame must be connected to the system earth  ground  See further connection instructions in the sec   tion entitled Standby Power Connections as well as  the article on grounding in the latest U S  National  Electrical Code and the local code     In general  if the machine is to be grounded  it should  be connected with a  8 or larger copper wire to a solid  earth ground such as a metal water pipe going into the  ground for at least ten feet and having no insulated  joints  or to the metal framework of a building which has  been effectively grounded  The U S  National Electrical  Code lists a number of alternate means of grounding  electrical equipment  A machine grounding stud  marked with the    symbol is provided on the front of  the welder     AUXILIARY POWER RECEPTACLES    The auxiliary power capacity of the Commander 500 is  12 000 watts of 60 Hz  single phase power  The auxil   iary power capacity rating in watts is equivalent to volt   amperes at unity power factor  The maxim
75.  the top and bottom of the nuts  lock washers and flat washers that  2    alternator shroud together  hold the bottom of the shroud to the  6      i     Return to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN          Return to Section           Return to Section TOC    5          8  9      8    Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC    Y     4  2              3    Retum to Master              F 78    F 78    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    STATOR ROTOR REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT  CONTINUED     FIGURE F 38     LIFT FRAME AND ASSOCIATED COMPONENT REMOVAL    FUEL TANK  SUPPORTS        LIFT FRAME  WELDMENT       In steps 20     24  the lift frame weldment  fuel  tank supports  and fan baffle are removed as a  unit  See Figure F 38     20  Using the 3 8  wrench  remove the two    21     bolts  at top  that hold the center panel to  the lift frame weldment     Using the 1 2  wrench  remove the two  bolts  at bottom  that hold the center panel  to the lift frame weldment        22     23     24     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN       CENTER PANEL    With the 3 8  wrench  remove the nuts  lock  washers  and flat washers from the two  studs that hold the fan baffle to the  machine base     Using the 3 4  wrench  remove the four  bolts  lock washers  and nuts from the bot   tom of the lift frame weldment     Carefully remove the lift frame weldment   fuel tank supports  and attached fan baffle   You will need to lift the fan baffle off the two  s
76.  the welder     NOTE  Welding cable must be sized for current and  duty cycle of application     NOTE  Figure    2 shows the electrode connected for  positive polarity  To change polarity  shut the welder  off and reverse the electrode and work cables at the  Commander 500 output terminals     3  Connect the K584 XX or K594 XX Input Cable  Assembly to the LN 7     4  Connect the K584 XX or 594 XX input cable  assembly to the 14 pin amphenol on the  Commander 500     5  Place the IDLER switch in the HIGH position     A CAUTION    Any increase of the high idle engine RPM by changing  the governor setting or overriding the throttle linkage  will cause an increase in the AC auxiliary voltage  If  this voltage goes over 140 volts  wire feeder control cir   cuits may be damaged  The engine governor setting is  preset at the factory   do not adjust above RPM speci   fications listed in this manual     6  Set the VOLTMETER switch to         or         depend   ing on the polarity chosen     7  Set the OUTPUT RANGE switch toWIRE WELD   ING CV     7  Set the WELDING TERMINALS switch to WELD   ING TERMINALS REMOTELY CONTROLLED     9  Adjust wire feed speed at the LN 7     10  Adjust the ARC CONTROL to the desired level    soft  or  crisp       NOTE  For remote control  a K857 or K857 1 remote  control is required  Connect it to the 6 pin amphenol     FIGURE C 2  COMMANDER 500 LN 7 WITH K584 OR K594 INPUT CABLE ASSEMBLY CONNECTION DIAGRAM             OPTIONAL K857  REMOTE CONTROL    TO L
77.  volts  wire feeder control  circuits may be damaged  The engine governor set   ting is preset at the factory   do not adjust above RPM  specifications listed in this manual     6  Setthe VOLTMETER switch to         or     depend   ing on the polarity chosen     7  Setthe OUTPUT RANGE switch to WIRE WELD   ING CV     8 Setthe WELDING TERMINALS switch to WELD   ING TERMINALS REMOTELY CONTROLLED     9  Adjust wire feed speed and voltage at the LN 8     10  Adjust the ARC CONTROL to the desired level    soft  or  crisp       FIGURE C 3  COMMANDER 500 LN 8 WITH K867 ADAPTER CONNECTION DIAGRAM                             82    LN 8    81              O WIRE  FEEDER                   14 PIN  AMPHENOL             ELECTRODE TO WORK    f    2 O 2  4 4  21 21 4 K196          K867 UNIVERSAL                            M  ADAPTER PLUG GND GND 4 INPUT CABLE  TO WORK M 75 A  76    y  ELECTRODE CABLE J  TO WIRE FEED UNIT 7T                             500    LINCOLN 8    Return to Section           Retum to Section TOC                8  9      8       Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC    g  4  2              3    Retum to Master              C 7    C 7    ACCESSORIES    CONNECTION OF THE LN 8 TO THE  COMMANDER 500 USING K595 INPUT  CABLE ASSEMBLY  SEE FIGURE C 4      1  Shut the welder off     2  Connect the electrode cable from the LN 8 to the       terminal of the welder  Connect the work  cable to the         terminal of the welder     NOTE  Welding ca
78.  volts  wire feeder control cir   cuits may be damaged  The engine governor setting is  preset at the factory   do not adjust above RPM speci   fications listed in this manual     6  Set the VOLTMETER switch to         or         depend   ing on the polarity chosen     7  Set the OUTPUT RANGE switch to WIRE WELD   ING CV     8  Set the WELDING TERMINALS switch to WELD   ING TERMINAL REMOTELY CONTROLLED     9  Adjust wire feed speed at the LN 7     10  Adjust the ARC CONTROL to the desired level      soft    or  crisp       FIGURE C 1  COMMANDER 500 LN 7 WITH K867 ADAPTER CONNECTION DIAGRAM                                                                              82         WIRE  42        0 FEEDER  41          _o        32    32  14 PIN 2    2  AMPHENOL  4    4  T   21    21  K867 UNIVERSAL 5 ati   kagi OH K404  ADAPTER PLUG    GND    ABLE  GREEN  TO WORK M 75    75  76    76   4 O  ELECTRODE CABLE C 77                WIRE FEED UNIT    K775 OPTIONAL  REMOTE CONTROL    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Return to Section           Retum to Section TOC                8  9      8       Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       ACCESSORIES    CONNECTION OF THE LN 7 TO THE  COMMANDER 500 USING K584 OR  K594 INPUT CABLE ASSEMBLY   SEE FIGURE C 2      1  Shut the welder off     2  Connect the electrode cable from the LN 7 to the          terminal of the welder  Connect the work cable  to the         terminal of
79.  wraps     10  Close and secure the right side engine ser   vice access door     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN       Retum to Section           Retum to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Retum to Section           Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       F 25    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    ENGINE THROTTLE ADJUSTMENT TEST    A WARNING    Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel   Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician  or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty  For your safety and to avoid  electrical shock  please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this  manual     If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the  test repairs safely  contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical trou   bleshooting assistance before you proceed  Call 1 800 833 9353  WELD      TEST DESCRIPTION    If the machine output is low or high  this test will determine whether the engine is operat   ing at the correct speed  RPM  during both HIGH and LOW idle conditions  Directions for  adjusting the throttle to the correct RPM are given     MATERIALS NEEDED    Slot head screw driver   10mm Wrench   White or red marking pencil   Strobe tach  frequency counter  or oscilloscope       This procedure should take approximately 35 minutes to perform        
80. 0  3 8      Von        GND  TIG  SWITCH          Re MODE SELECTOR SWITCH AsV FPGA BOOT EEPROM 45V MACHINE SPECIFIC EEPROM  PL_SWITCH 150K 010  24763 8 SOFTWARE 524762 5 SOFTWARE   pga RS  P2_SWITCH 150K 01W       R6  P3 SWITCH 150   01W  toga  i            P4_SWITCH 150K 01  DIN  qm  RB            1570 fuk X93  PS SWITCH 150   01W       Bi x20 sm      120 5  pull 1   s  7 8 6 14          2  Ph           TED                             WIRE SWITCH 15   01   O     3      GND         l SC         Tes RID Ps      2 DATA    4  B                15995           1   3 si vec  T50K 01         STICK 1B     17  256 iw so  J2  DEFAULT   5   5 2A 3 4 jd C9        ROL   R78 7    p TS  MEM   fpga wW GND 924          275 WIRE      CLK Foe 3155 1 50V  o R90 RIS 25    O               25128  Fle 135 775              m      Rub    NC       R89           2255 S             TTK   e        13           1    275 175 A      DONE                    4   15V                       3 51  SIO REB REL 2       8 175 175          SNE  sek  o  gt  RET   8g   2                    o 175 275 05     55       1       olo R66 R63 2    8 ind 2      5            176 175    gt  AN     J n NC  cic RIS       1 m AN g SNC  peser zoe 6 SN sERIAL DATA         5 5 dv R105 AS S SNC pata  TZIK             g E     D a2        1      1    5_  Ge  c7        010   10             gk         017 017 017 017 017 01    01 as n     a sov    sov   sov    sev    sov    sov    sov mar d Shook           scik S as  g 50V zl fpga          o1
81. 0 22105         R306  R307     RESISTOR  SMD  METAL FILM  1 10W 2210HMS        525001 15015MT    R308 R309 R310    RESISTOR  SMD  1 5K  1 4W 1206 1  1R        525000 15035        R316 R317    RESISTOR  SMD  METAL FILM  1 10W 1 82K 1        525000 10035        R318 R319    RESISTOR  SMD  METAL FILM  1 10W  10K  196        525001 10015        3238324    RESISTOR  SMD  1K  1 4W  1206 1  TR        S25000 39R28MT    R325    RESISTOR  SMD  METAL FILM  1 10W 39 20HM        525000 47535        326 R370    RESISTOR  SMD  METAL FILM  1 10W 475K  1         525002 20005        R327 R328 R329 R330 R331  R332 R333 R334    RESISTOR SMD 2000HMS  1 3W MF 1   1210        S25000 10ROSMT     R335 R336 337  R338    RESISTOR  SMD  METAL FILM  1 10W  10 00HM        525007 24315        R339    RESISTOR  SMD  PREC  MF 1 10W 2 43K 0 1         525007 13015        R340    RESISTOR SMD PREC  MF  1 10W  1 30K  0 196         525007 10235        R341    RESISTOR SMD PREC MF 1 10W  102K 0 195         525000 51115        R342    RESISTOR  SMD  METAL FILM  1 10W 5 11K 1        525001 23705        R343 R344    RESISTOR  SMD 2370HMS  1 4W  1206  195  TR         525008 68125        R345    RESISTOR  SMD PREC MF  1 10W 68 1K 0 5         525008 15035        R346    RESISTOR  SMD  PREC  MF  1 10W  150K 0 5          525008 12125        R347    RESISTOR  SMD  PREC  MF  1 10W  12 1K 0 5         525000 90915        R348    RESISTOR  SMD  METAL FILM  1 10W 9 09K 1        525007 68125         R349 R350    RESISTOR  SMD  P
82. 00 39225         R220 R221 R222 R223 R371    RESISTOR  SMD  METAL FILM  1 10W 39 2K 1        525000 33235        R224 R225    RESISTOR  SMD  METAL FILM  1 10W 332K 1         525000 68135        R226    RESISTOR  SMD METAL FILM  1 10W 681K 1         525000 88125        R227 R228    IRESISTOR SMD METAL FILM  1 10W 68 1K 1        S25001 76818MT     R229 R230 R231    RESISTOR  SMD  7 68  1 4W  1206 1  TR        525000 51105        R232 R233 R234 R235 R236  R237 R379    RESISTOR SMD METAL FILM  1 10W 5110HMS        525000 22125        R238 R239 R240 R242    RESISTOR  SMD  METAL FILM  1 10W 22 1K 1        525020 25         C108 C109 C110 C111     112   113   114   115   116    ICAPACITOR SMD CERAMIIC  0 022MF 50V 10         S25020 5SMT     C102  103 104  C 105 106   cto7     CAPACITOR SMD  CERAMIC  2700pF  50V 5  X        525024 85           117 2118     CAPACITOR SMD TANTALUM 22MF  16V  109 5        525020 45        cna    CAPACITOR  SMD CERAMIC 820pF 50V 5  CO        525024 25         120 2121 0122 2123 0124   125    CAPACITOR  SMD  TANTALUM  1 0MF 35V  10          525020 85         C126 C127    CAPACITOR  SMD CERAMIC  0 056MF 50V  10         825020 168MT     C128    CAPACITOR  SMD CERAMIC 0 018MF 50V 1          525024 15         129     CAPACITOR  SMD  TANTALUM 0 47MF  50V  10         525024 55           130 0131 132    CAPACITOR  SMD  TANTALUM 4 7MF 35V  10          525024 35         134     CAPACITOR SMD TANTALUM 2 ZMF 20V 109         525020 105           135   136            
83. 01B and 5L   J51  This turns the WE der TERM  If in all modes and go i  CHOPPER off  If OCV e voltage goes away  to LOW IDLE    still exists  then Chopper has some No LOW IDLE  Check Idle P aig                                   slight leakage  Solenoid   3 ohms for PULL     shorted or wired wrong    C Continue  COIL and 21 ohms for                 CORRECT  that problem        HOLD COIL  and wires 232L   amp  227  2328  amp  226A  Also  check mechanical linkage   going to Idle Solenoid        OK        CORRECT  that problem      NOTE  Under some circumstances  the CONTROL PCB can become defective in  such a way that it causes the ANALOG POWER SUPPLY  APS  to stop working and  visa versa  If you replace the APS  it may be suggested to replace the Control PCB  too  Inspect BOTH boards  If you notice any signs of over heated or burnt compo   nents on either board  replace BOTH boards together  IF YOU CHANGE ANY CIR   CUIT BOARDS  START FROM THE BEGINNING OF THIS TEST        ANALOG POWER  SUPPLY MY BE BAD        CORRECT  that problem                           With the  WELDING TER  SW   in WELD TERM          did unit go  to HI IDLE back to LO and is there  OCV present at WELD  TERMINALS        No HIGH IDLE   Check the WELD                       E  5        Blo  olse     12      2  EJE  s  p          o o                     CORRECT  that problem        OK          wires 2  amp  4                       No OCV  Check CORRECT CORRECT  ONTROL PCB MAY OK CHOPPER and wires that problem  
84. 0G201ADY aL  0 Po 06680 e 406680 406680 e          AE    ta           L      din    aV 330740 330740 330740 o X 0150 50V oj           8 7 7 E    EM att 0425 7          2        cuj    css  S   0  0   9  v       NA  50     NA 01 01 01 01 Van V      gt        50   50   50   50         o 18 37 54 73 90 108128144  4 2 4               x1         XCS20 525070 55      GND  I c V V V 1    17 27 35 4555 64 71 81 91 100110 116127137  i 5 GND          V s            D  o 4  GND   5                 A RANGE END POINT CIRCUIT  TO 15V SUPPLY      E   332K   amp  o1w  T 01    5      TO 5V SUPPLY 328 Blagg LOVRE   SERIAL DATA      018        fpga gt  NA a  1215     eg    9   475K       cix  15234 10 CLOCK sot 55           eU 17 T    pga  gt         x57 SANH   Olo    xv   x55 uls 023     us 9 Fi CS_END_PT 8L03ARULO   TO SUPPLY GND 2 t     R   604                    0 25  5V_REF  15V_COM                      f  4 I  c     L qe X R379 1098           35v R363 En               t      Scia   X S  287 NA   g  ot 6 iE 5560 is     8 TO  15V SUPPLY 4 4     R361  e TPA  amp  Ow 2      16 16 16      RESET Vee        Sa S NA    cuz     l d   ces e   ce                  xas  o  gt  R364 5  10 0K B  sV ou ft T  x3 E 2 3 qi Nr VoLT DISCHG s 30V   l  K  amp loiw  m 8403ARUL0    ADBGOOAR 8403ARU10 8403ARUL0 5 mE 556D              211175 9        211175 9 211175 9    xas GND  o 9 R362 8 100  amp  ow d           2K   low          R365   m 4        LAC N  8403ARULO  A Veo  Siz R366 V   V       2K E GND NA  1215 G
85. 1     OIL DRAIN AND REFILL       OIL FILTER    DIPSTICK    DRAIN PLUG    CHANGE THE OIL FILTER  Change the oil filter the  first time between 25 and 50 hours of operation  Then   under normal operating conditions  change the oil filter  after every 250 hours of operation  If the engine is  operated under heavy load or in high ambient tem   peratures  change the oil filter more frequently  See   Table D 1 for recommended maintenance intervals   See Table D 2 for replacement oil filters     Change the oil filter as follows     1  Remove the oil drain plug  Drain the oil from the  engine and allow the oil filter to drain  See Figure  D 1     2  Remove the old filter  spin it off  and discard it   Wipe off the filter mounting surface and adapter   See Figure D 1     3  Fill the new filter with fresh engine oil  Apply a thin  coat of new oil to the rubber gasket on the new oil  filter     4  Spinthe new filter onto the mounting adapter finger  tight until the gasket is evenly seated  Then turn it  down another 1 2 turn  Do not overtighten the new  filter                           m lt   MIN          OIL FILL CAP    5  Refill the engine with the proper amount and type  of oil as described in the  Change the Oil section   above  Start the engine and check for leaks  around the filter element  Correct any leaks  usu   ally by retightening the filter  but only enough to  stop leaks  before placing the Commander 500  back in service     6  If there are no leaks  stop the engine and rec
86. 1    ANALOG CONTROL POWER SUPPLY PC BOARD VOLTAGE TABLE       Test Points    Component Tested    Voltage Reading                         1J42 to 6J42 Chopper Power Supply  20 VDC  3J42 to 8J42 Chopper Power Supply  20 VDC  2J42 to 7J42 Weld Control PC Board Power Supply  5 VDC  5J42 to 7J42 Weld Control PC Board Power Supply  15 VDC  9J42 to 7J42 Weld Control PC Board Power Supply  15 VDC  10J42 to 4J42 Weld Control PC Board Power Supply  15 VDC                COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN       F 42 F 42    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    OUTPUT RECTIFIER BRIDGE TEST       WARNING    Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel   Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician  or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty  For your safety and to avoid  electrical shock  please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this  manual     Retum to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC    If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the  test repairs safely  contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical trou   bleshooting assistance before you proceed  Call 1 800 833 9353  WELD      Q  JE   5 5 TEST DESCRIPTION  9 g This test will determine if there are faulty diodes in the output rectifier bridge   HE  E g MATERIALS NEEDED         Volt Ohmmeter  Diode Tester   3 8  Wrench  7 16  Wrench  3 4  Wrench    Wiring Diagr
87. 11 0   15 0V at Min  and 13 0 17 0V at Max  There is no need to check the PIPE OCV         Check for short on  any STATOR    TWO displays                                  Is only ONE display N N y Mad Then NO displays winding  Check  Check the Amphenols  illuminated  illuminated  are illuminated  WELD BRIDGE for  Check the CONTROL Insure nothing is shorts  POT continuity and       plugged into them  Also The numbers DO CORRECT     continuity of wires 75  check for excessive NOT change  that problem   76  amp  tracking or corrosion of  the Amphenol  Y                             The numbers Are J4  amp  5          Return to Section TOC  Return to Master TOC       CORRECT Hs  iump  as you turn Is WELD current D h AUX Did the  dec  smoothly with the Jump asy L_N    Ae plugged  gt     you have          that problem  Control Pot rotation  N the Control Pot  flowing  in properly  voltage  ROTOR flash     Does it change  The Pot may be    bad        CORRECT  that problem                 Check BRUSHES   Check wires 13  amp  14         BATTERY PCB                                                 aA  OCV is higher  70V or OCV is between 9 20V With the and wires 200   more  Check in all modes  If so  WELD  TER  SW in 200B  200C  200A    CHOPPER for a short place a LIGHT load  REM  CONT     and IDLER SW  V No LOW IDLE  Is 200E  201  201A    by unplugging J50  amp     about 1 4 amp  across                                  N in  AUTO   do you have 0 8V OCV 2 AUX current flowing      gt    2
88. 115 VAC AUXILIARY    14 PIN AMPHENOL       Ar    TO  ELECTRODE WORK       9 CONDUCTOR ADAPTER CABLE    zc K350 1    LN 23P ADAPTER KIT       FEEDER      FEEDER                        Z      m ER    ELECTRODE WIRE FEEDER  A     ELECTRODE    SANZA WAAL 77  WA UT  U    f            WIRE FEEDER  B     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Return to Section           Retum to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       ACCESSORIES    CONNECTION OF THE LN 25 TO THE  COMMANDER 500    ACROSS THE ARC      SEE FIGURE C 6      1  Shut the welder off     2  Connect the electrode cable from the LN 25 to the      terminal of the welder  Connect the work cable  to the         terminal of the welder     NOTE  Welding cable must be sized for current and  duty cycle of application     NOTE  Figure C 6 shows the electrode connected for  negative polarity  To change polarity  shut the welder  off and reverse the electrode and work cables at the  Commander 500 output terminals  Reverse the LN 25  polarity switch     3  Attach the single lead from the LN 25 to the work  using the spring clip on the end of the lead  This is  only a sense lead   it carries no welding current     4  Place the IDLER switch in the AUTO position        CAUTION    If you are using an LN 25 without an internal contactor   the electrode will be HOT when the Commander 300 is  started     5  Set the OUTPUT RANGE switc
89. 24764 3 1 pe SOFTWARE      FOR ITEMS LISTED BELOW REFER TO ELECTRONIC COMPONENT DATABASE FOR COMPONENT  SPECIFICATIONS  525020 35     15  C15 C17 C19 C20 C21 C22      SCAP 0 1uF 0805 50V X7R  10   TR NP     28   29   30   31   32   37      40   41   42   C2 C3 C36 C43 C44 C45 C46_ SCAP 0 022uF CER 0805 50V X 7R 10   TR   C23 CAP  0 0047 3000V  2096  CERAMIC DISC    24   27 5       4 7            7343 35  10               34 SCAP  100uF  TAN  7343 20V 20   TR NP  C35  C38 SCAP 47uF   TAN  7343 20V  10   c39 SCAP 22uF TAN 7343 25V 10  POLAR TR  Di  SDIO MURD620CT 6A 200V ULTRA FAST          D6 D7 D10 D11 D12 D15  __   SDIO 1A 400V D0 214BA GLS NP  D17 D18 D19 D20 D22  072 073 5  10 15    5929    3 3 1 15  5   074 SDIO  15MB5935BT3 3W 27V 5  TR NP  DZ5 SDIO 15MB5943BT3 3W  56V  596   SDIO 15MB5932BT3 3W 20V  596   J30  CON MOLEX 39 28 1063  PCB 6 PIN TIN  CON MOLEX 15 97 7162  MINI PCB 16 PIN  TIN  CON  MOLEX 15 97 7122 MINI PCB  12 PIN TIN   STRA IRF640S 200V D2 PAK  STRA 2N4401 S0T 23 NPN TR   STRA 2N4403L PNP SOT 23 NP  R102 R156 R157 R158  SRES 511  TKF 0805 1   1 10W TR  R159 R160  R103 SRES 47 5 0805 1   1 10W  R127 SRES 475 TKF 0805 1  1 10W TR    129 8130 8144 SRES 1 21K 0805  196  1 10W TR NP     131 8132 8141 8142 8173  SRES 1 5K TKF 0805  196  1 10W TR  R133 R150 SRES 47 5  TKF 1206 1  1 4W  R134 SRES 4 32K 2512  1   1W  R135  R143 5    5 3 92   2512 1  1     R136 SRES  750  TKF 0805  176  1 10W  R145 R146 SRES 221  TKF 0805 1  1 10W TR  R162 SRES 200 TKF 0805 1  1 10
90. 2W  1206  196  TR         525001 47505        R78 R79 R80 R81 R82 RBS  R84 R85 R86 R87 R88 R89  R90 R91    RESISTOR SMD 4750HMS  1 4W  1206 1  TR        525000 20008MT    R92  R93  R94 RZ10    RESISTOR SMD METAL FILM  1 10W 2000HMS        525000 88115         R95 R96 R97 R98 R99 R100  R101 R102 R103 R212    RESISTOR SMD METAL FILM 1 10W 6 81K 1       525000 12125         R105 R106    RESISTOR SMD METAL FILM  1 10W 12 1K 1        525000 10015        R07  RTOBRTOS RTIORTIT  R112 R113 R114 R115 R116  R117 R118 R119 R120 R121  R122 R123 R124 R125 R126  R127 R128 R129 R130 R131  R132 R133 R134 R135 R136  R137 R138   R378    RESISTOR SMD METAL FILM 1 10W 10 0K 1       S25000 1001SMT    R139 R140 R141 R142 R143  R144 R145 R146 R148 R149  R150 R151 R152 R153 R154    RESISTOR SMD METAL FILM 1 10W 1 00K 1                    525000 47525           IR147 R301 R302 R303 R304        RESISTOR SMD METAL FILM  1 10W 47 5K 1          CAUTION  this DEVICE 15 SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY STATIC    ELECTRICITY  LINCOLN ELECTRIC TO SEE E2454 BEFORE HANDLING     PLACE CONNECTOR KEYING PLUG  OVER HEADER PIN  IN  LOCATION SHOWN  PLUG SHOULD BE INSERTED BELOW  CONNECTOR TOP SURFACE  6 PLACES      SECURE P C  BOARD ASSEMBLY IN PLACE WITH ITEM  4     2 PLACES  5 3      5 IN  LBS      PLACE BARCODED ASSEMBLY NUMBER IDENTIFICATION AND  BARCODED SERIAL NUMBER IDENTIFICATION IN AREA SHOWN      525000 43225          241 8320 8321 8322    RESISTOR  SMD  METAL FILM  1 10W 43 2K 1        S25003 47RSSMT    IR245 R246 R2
91. 30 minutes to perform           COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN       F 21    Return to Section           Retum to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC          F 22    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    IDLER SOLENOID TEST  CONTINUED     FIGURE F 5     IDLER SOLENOID LEADS    SHUTDOWN  SOLENOID                      TEST PROCEDURE      Turn the engine off       Unlatch  lift  and secure the right side engine    service access door       Locate and remove the four spade connec     tors that attach the idler solenoid leads to the  wiring harness leads   226A   2325   227  and 4232L   See Figure F 5 and the Wiring  Diagram  Remove and necessary wire  wraps       Check the pull in coil resistance  larger ter     minals  227 to  2321   The normal resis   tance is approximately 0 4 ohms     Check the hold in coil resistance  smaller  terminals  226A to  2325   Normal coil  resistance is approximately 20 ohms     If either coil resistance is not correct  the  solenoid may be faulty  Replace       Using the external 12VDC supply  apply    12VDC to the larger idler solenoid terminals    227 to  232L     The solenoid should acti   vate     IDLER  SOLENOID    PULL IN COIL   LARGER TERMINALS  TOP AND BOTTOM    227 AND  232L         HOLD IN COIL   SMALLER  TERMINALS   TOP AND BOTTOM   226A AND  2325        CAUTION    When the solenoid activates  remove the voltage  supply immediatel
92. 4649 1   R36 RESISTOR  WW  10W  4 7 OHM  5  SQ    19400 47R5 RESISTOR  MF  1 4W  47 5 OHM  1    19400 24R9 RESISTOR  MF  1 4W  24 9 OHM  1    19400 1000   R40   amp  R46  R47  R48  R49 RESISTOR  MF  1 4W  100 OHM  1   T14648 22   R45 RESISTOR  WW  5W  50 OHM  5  SQ    15128 11 IC  COMPARATOR  QUAD  2901N                                                       olo      o  E  E       5 8  FRE   0 12   2  e   lt   5  3      o o               UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED  BUY PER E3867  CAPACITORS   MFD VOLTS  RESISTORS   1 4W OHMS TEST PER E3868 1  INDUCTANCE   HENRYS  SCHEMATIC REFERENCE   L11309   BUY AS    NOTES  L11325 1C1    NA  CAUTION  THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY IDENTIFICATION CODE    STATIC ELECTRICITY  LINCOLN ELECTRIC TO SEE E2454  BEFORE HANDLING     SECURE PC BOARD ASSEMBLY IN PLACE WITH ITEM  3     2 PLACES     IDENTIFY COMPLETE ASSEMBLY WITH A PRINTED LABEL OR  OTHER PERMANENT MARKING IN AREA SHOWN  THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED  DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY  CLEVELAND         U S A           m    Poer Ex    Cho  Sheet No   X INFO  DESIGNINFORMATION REFERENCE      MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056    F EQUIPMENT TYPE   NO COMPONENTS ON BOTTOM SIDE OF PC BOARD  ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS   02 3 31 2000 5000736 0 MISC     ORAL ANGUS MAL S      Opep xeur        BATTERY PC BD  ASSEMBLY    WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS E ae    DONOT SCA
93. 47 R248 R240    RESISTOR  SMD  1W 47 50HMS  1         525004 24305        R250 R251 R252 R253 R254  R255 R256 R257 R258 R259    RESISTOR SMD PREC MF  1 10W  10 0K 0 1         525008 43215        R260 R261    RESISTOR  SMD  PREC  MF  1 10W 4 32K 0 5         525010 35        R262 R263 R264    RESISTOR SMD MF  1W 20 0K  1   SURGE         525001 12115        R265    RESISTOR  SMD  1 21K  1 4W  1206 1  TR         525000 81915          266 8267    RESISTOR  SMD  METAL FILM  1 10W 6 19K 1        525008 10025        R269 R270 R271 R272 R273  R274 R275 R276 R277 R278  R279 R280 R281 R282 R283  R284    RESISTOR SMD PREC MF 1 10W 10 0K 0 5         S25000 4R70SMT    R285  R286 R287    RESISTOR  SMD  METAL FILM  1 10W 4 700HM        525000 56215        R288    RESISTOR  SMD  METAL FILM  1 10W 5 62K 1        525008 90915           R289 R290 R297    RESISTOR  SMD  PREC MF  1 10W 9 09K 0 5         518380 14    R292 R293  R294 R295    THERMISTOR PTC 5000HMS 28mA        525008 47515        R296    RESISTOR  SMD  PREC  MF  1 10W 4 75K 0 5         525007 21505        R297    IRESISTOR SMD PREC MF  1 10W 215OHMS 0         525007 80405        R298    IRESISTOR SMD PREC MF  1 10W 6040HMS 0         525001 47515        R299    RESISTOR  SMD 4 75K  1 4W  1206 1  TR        525000 20015        R300    RESISTOR  SMD  METAL FILM  1 10W 2 00K 1        525000 20015        R300    RESISTOR  SMD  METAL FILM  1 10W 2 00K 1        525000 28015        R305    RESISTOR  SMD  METAL FILM  1 10W 2 60K 1        52500
94. 5000 5110SMT                         SI                                                                               o                                                      525000 47  55       525000 47505       525000 12115       525000 15015       1525001 47855       525010 45       525010 55       525000 75005       525000 22105      525000 20005      525000 51115          525000 20025           525056 35       525000 15025                                                                a  a      2  afro  a        ro  cn  co              IS  S                                                                                                  i UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED     RESISTANCE   OHMS    SCHEMATIC REFERENCE   G3663    NOTES     NAA  CAUTION  THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY    STATIC ELECTRICITY  LINCOLN ELECTRIC TO SEE E2454  BEFORE HANDLING        B  PLACE CONNECTOR KEYING PLUG  OVER HEADER PIN  IN  LOCATION SHOWN  PLUG SHOULD BE INSERTED BELOW  CONNECTOR TOP SURFACE     SECURE PC BOARD ASSEMBLY IN PLACE WITHITEM  4     2 PLACES           IDENTIFY COMPLETE ASSEMBLY WITH    PRINTED LABEL OR    OTHER PERMANENT MARKING IN AREA SHOWN         BUY AS   G  NO COMPONENTS ON BOTTOM SIDE OF PC BOARD  BUY PER E3867    G3662 1B1 TEST PER E3869 P    WH    PART NO  IDENTIFICATION CODE    PROGRAM ITEM 65  WITH ITEM        THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED  DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PER
95. 7 1  to the heat sink mounting sur     face 11  Connect the stator leads and diode pigtail    leads as labeled at disassembly     a  Do not apply compound to the diode 12  Replace the output panel           g Y stud or mounting threads    E   b  Apply two drops of Loctite 271 to the   8 1 diode stud threads before tightening    HIE    8 8   EIE DIODE STUD SIZE FOOT POUNDS INCH POUNDS       3 4   16 25 27 300 324  3 8   24 10 0 5 125  0  5                   Retum to Master TOC    5          8  9      8       Retum to Section         Retum to Master TOC    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN          F 73 F 73    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    STATOR ROTOR REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT    A   WARNING    Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel   Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician  or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty  For your safety and to avoid  electrical shock  please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this  manual     Retum to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC    If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the  test repairs safely  contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical trou   bleshooting assistance before you proceed  Call 1 800 833 9353  WELD      Q  PP  5 5 DESCRIPTION  9 g The following procedure will aid the technician in removing and replacing the Commander  2 28 500 st
96. 75   ey  PSU 885                 ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS PER   1537     018 C20 iw 3 2r AVPHENGC LO    ARC FORCE POT  m CAPACITORS   MFD    022 50V UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED   Lr E ax 20        2022 En S  6       RESISTORS   Ohms   0805 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED  LABELS  E    gor 40V 400V 50   LOCAL is 010 DIODES   2    200V  UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED     SUPPLY VOLTAGE            9   169 REMOTE 3 gt 5 TO POT                   POWER SUPPLY SOURCE POINT  c   o AE g TN          01W 5  COMMON CONNECTION  Olea asv V ont 10  3      tw s FILENAME  5000749  G3660 2  63900 20 1717 FROME CONNECTION     12V 3W THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY        LINCOLN ELECTRIC CO    THIS SCHEMATIC USED IN G3660 2C AND G3900 2C BOARDS    i EARTH GROUND CONNECTION  o   02254 NA  COMPONENTS NOT INSERTED ON G3900 2C4 VERSIONS  AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED  DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PERMISSION OF     THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC         DESIGNED BY IB  FC  SS  AM    y M NB  COMPONENTS NOT INSERTED ON G3660 2 VERSIONS  AND          15V GND INSERTED      G3900 2C4 VERSIONS P Ch   ge Sht No     9 9 Van            NOTES   NC  ADDITIONAL COMPONENTS NOT INSERTED ON G3900 2C4 VERSION ME SEES      XA THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC CO  Tye ANALOG WELD CONTROL PCB     N AA  SINCE COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY ON A PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD MAY CHANGE ON 3 PLAGE DECIMALS 19 2 22  TIAN CLEVELAND  OHIO U S A  sugsect STPNT  PWM  amp  ARC CNTRL     WITHOUT AFFECTING THE INTERCHANGEABILITY OF    COMPLETE BOARD  THI
97. 763 8    1  T  1  2   170  Ri  1  1     X33    SOFTWARE     525004 24305        R184 R185 R186 R187    RESISTOR  SMD  1W 2430HMS  1        FOR ITEMS LISTED BELOW    REFER TO ELECTRONIC COMPONENT DATABASE FOR COMPONENT SPECIFICATIONS        525020 35           1 2 03   4 27 58 09   10 11 12   13 014   15   C16 C17 C18 C19 20 C21 C22    C23 024 C25 C26 028 C29     30 31   32   33   34   35     36   37   38   39   40   41       2   43   44   45   46   47            49   50   51   52   53     54   55   56   57   58   59   C60 C61 C62 C63 64 C65   C66 C67 C68 69 C70 C71  1C72 C73 C74 C75 C76 C77   C78 C79 C80 C81 C82 C83   C84 C85 C86 C87 C88 C89     90 91   92   93   94   95     96   97   98   99 0100   101     133   141   142    ICAPACITOR SMD CERAMIC 0 1MF 50V 10  X     525000 20025        R188    RESISTOR  SMD  METAL FILM 1 10W 20 0K 1        525000 15005        R190 R197 R192 R193 R194  R195 R372    RESISTOR SMD METAL FILM  1 10W 1500HMS        525000 30115        R196 R197 R198 R199 R200  R201 R202 R203 R204 R205  R206 R207    RESISTOR SMD METAL FILM 1 10W 3 01K 1        525000 18225         R208  R208    RESISTOR SMD METAL FILM  1 10W 18 2K  1        525000 26705        R211    IRESISTOR SMD METAL FILM  1 10W 2670HMS        525000 33225        RZ13R214    RESISTOR SMD METAL FILM  1 10W 33 2K 1        525000 22135        RZ15 RZ16RZ17 RZ18 R369    RESISTOR  SMD METAL FILM T T0W 221K  1         525000 15035        R219    RESISTOR  SMD  METAL FILM  1 10W  150K  1         5250
98. AL CODE WITH PRINTED LABELS PER E3876    N D  NO COMPONENTS ON BOTTOM SIDE OF P C  BOARD     ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS                                                                                                                                                                                                       PULL COIL                         L11384 1                                        NA     PC BOARD REFERENCE        E                                                                                                                    TAPPING SCREW                                                   SEPON ENCAPSULATINGRESN               5  869                               ELECTRICAL INSULATING COMPOUND        FOR ITEMS LISTED BELOW REFER TO ELECTRONIC COMPONENT DATABASE FOR COMPONENT  SPECIFICATIONS    1 B2 B3 B4 ONNECTOR  TAB QC  VERTICAL  1 4 REEL     APACITOR  TAEL 3 9 35V 10        APACITOR CEMO 0 1  50V 10    APACITOR CEMO  022  50V 20   IODE AXLDS 1A 400V FR 1N4936  IODE AXLDS 3A 200V  1N5402      13    12702 29 2            DIODE  1W 15V 5  1  4744    ONNECTOR  MOLEX MINI PCB 6 PIN  TIN  JOSFET HEATSINK ASBLY 112704 82 amp S1810    T13157 14  7  513490 69    0  20    T    ojojo                 1 02 06 07    3     4  2  3  1  4  2  1    12705 14  12    12705 52  T    ce           eio                       e  N  N  N    e       a       c              UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED   CAPACITORS   MFD VOLTS  RESISTORS   1 4W OHMS  INDUCTANCE   HENRYS    BUY AS    111384410   
99. ALS NEEDED    Ohmmeter  3 8  Wrench or socket wrench          This procedure should take approximately 15 minutes to perform           COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN       F 29    Return to Section           Return to Section TOC    5          8  9      8    Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC    Y     4  2              3    Retum to Master              F 30    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    ROTOR RESISTANCE TEST  CONTINUED     FIGURE F 10   ROTOR BRUSH LEADS                TEST PROCEDURE      Conduct this test with the engine off       Using the 3 8  wrench  remove the right front    case side       Using the 3 8  wrench  remove the brush    holder access panel  See Figure F 10       Using the 3 8  wrench  remove the brush    holder assembly  See Figure F 10       Using the ohmmeter  check the rotor winding    resistance across the slip rings  Normal  resistance is approximately 27 0 ohms       Measure the resistance to ground  Place    one meter probe on either of the slip rings   Place the other probe on any good unpaint   ed ground  The resistance should be very  high  at least 500 000 ohms     HOLDER  ASSEMBLY    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN           ACCESS PANEL      If the test does not meet the resistance    specifications  then the rotor may be faulty   Replace     Position the brush holder assembly and  attach it with two screws previously  removed  Make certain the brushes are  centered and seated properly on the slip  rings  Adjust if ne
100. ALS SWITCH    The toggle switch on the control panel labeled WELD  TERMINALS ON and REMOTELY CONTROLLED is  used to control the operation of the    solid state contac   tor     The switch allows for the selection of    Hot    or     Cold    welding terminals     With the switch in the WELD TERMINALS ON position   the contactor is closed and the welding terminals are  always    Hot        With the switch in the REMOTELY CONTROLLED  position  the contactor operation is controlled by an  Amptrol  Arc Start Switch or some other type of trig   gering device through the use of a control cable con   nected to the 14 pin amphenol     When the triggering device is pressed  the contactor is  closed and the welding terminals are    Hot        When the triggering device is released  the contactor is  opened and the welding terminals are    Cold        NOTE  The new Chopper Technology control circuitry  automatically senses when a remote output control pot  is plugged into either amphenol  Therefore  there is no  need for a local   remote switch     TABLE    1   WELD MODE AND OUTPUT       CONTROL FUNCTIONS    M        Application Weld Mode  Output   Sloped Output 5 Range   for Pipe Settings   Welding 90  150  200     Touch Start TIG  Welding    350  500  max   current on each  setting     1 Range Setting  15 200 Amps       Constant Current  Output for  Fabrication and  General Purpose  Welding    1 Range Setting  20 250 Amps    Provides a Fine  Adjustment of  Welding Current  from  Min  1
101. ALTERNATOR  ENGINE MUST S                     5V_BATT    CIRCUIT A                                                                      O  O                42  o  9            c     2                   o        ma     9                     2          2                                                                                                                                                                                    LOGIC  HI AT FUEL LEVEL S   ENGINE                                        EARTH GROUND CONNECTION    LINCOLN ELECTR EQUIP  COMMON ANALOG CONTROL  ELAND  OHIO L c PERIPHERAL BOARD                   RCUITRY OF CONTROLS                           Return to Section TOC  Return to Master TOC    NOTE  This diagram is for reference only  It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual     3 COMMANDER 500       Return to Section         Return to Master TOC    Return to Section TOC  Return to Master TOC    o             9                     2          2               Return to Section         Return to Master TOC    O  O                42  o  9            c     2                        ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G 9  PC BOARD ASSEMBLY   PERIPHERAL PC BOARD          PC BOARD REFERENCE  PART NO  DESIGNATORS DESCRIPTION  53662 8        BLANK    524671 PLUG KEYING PLUG        M19436 4 POTTING TRAY      i N   58025 80 SELF TAPPING SCREW          E2527 65g            ENCAPSULATING RESIN           E3539   5 REQ  ELECTRICAL INSULATING COMPOUND                5
102. ARD  THIS DIAGRAM MAY ON ALL ANGLES IS    5 OF A DEGF Po   SCALE NONE SHT  A  cic NOT SHOW THE EXACT COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY      CONTROLS HAVING    COMMON CODE MATERIAL TOLERANCE     TO AGREE DR      FE Date 10 12 2000 cy          sies            3661 2   1      NUMBER  WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS 4 i  2    9    NOTE  This diagram is for reference only  It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual     LINCOLN 59    ELECTRIC         COMMANDER 500       es ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS alia  SCHEMATIC   WELD CONTROL PC BOARD   SHEET 2                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         2   92 199      Asv      A as  olo MAIN WELDING CONTROL WITH MIN CURRENT AND ARC FORCE CONTROL CUR LIMIT 4 75K TEC AT                t  5V_REF  15V   AUTOMATIC REMOTE LOCAL SETPOINT CIRCUIT    o i MIN CURRENT 2  25    9 A CUR_AMP  N      RU 3      gt  Ri ans HOT  SETPOINT 05
103. ARY INFORMATION OWNED BY        LINCOLN ELECTRIC CO    THIS SCHEMATIC USED IN G3660 2C AND G3900 2C BOARDS       EARTH GROUND CONNECTION  NA  COMPONENTS NOT INSERTED ON G3660 2C4 VERSIONS         ED  0150 08 s THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC CO  FG SS     3  gt  NAL  COMPONENTS NOT INSERTED  ON 63850 204 VERSION  AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED  DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PERMISSION OF DESIGNED BY IB  FC  SS  AM       INSERTED ON 03660 24  VERSIONS           NOTES   NC  ADDITIONAL COMPONENTS NOT INSERTED ON G3660 2C4 VERSION Ihies OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE Chasse THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC CO  TYPE ANALOG WELD CONTROL            9   ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS 18 s 02      CLEVELAND  OHIO U S A         DISPLAY AND IDLER      N A A  SINCE COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY ON A PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD MAY CHANGE ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS    002 727 2000   05 NONE  WITHOUT AFFECTING THE INTERCHANGEABILITY OF A COMPLETE BOARD  THIS DIAGRAM MAY ON ALL ANGLES IS    5 OF A DEGREE PG SCALE SHT      c NOT SHOW THE EXACT COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY OF CONTROLS HAVING    COMMON CODE MATERIAL TOLERANCE    TO AGREE DR  FC pate 10 12 2000 cu  AM sup   sio   c              G3661 204 5       NUMBER  WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS   25     9    NOTE  This diagram is for reference only  It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual     LINCOLN 59    ELECTRIC         COMMANDER 500       Return to Section         Return to Master TOC    Return to Section TOC  Return to Master TOC    o             9                   
104. AX PRESE  3  D  9  TW                2  tesa NA MAX_POT_QUT  1  2j   30740       gt  62A        fpga m vi  NA                   5 xm   MAX POT  SENSE Liia   fe Shox  R119 SV                               NA  AN B              3 NA NA  2 4 SENSE CIRCUIT sv     2       019 PD GNO  T iz  v 07   o E n   R377 NA       D gt  i oj    REMOTE WELDING CONTACTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT  m Eli  O 5 00   00K   R281 13   30740 NA AAN ali   2  amp  4 CLOSURE FROM AMPHENOL  amp  TERMINALS CONTROL   E 12 oiw  rir 01W 01W TOOK A 051 00680    R283 NA 7     Er  c ES 16mv E 17  R274 30V Av         SETPOINT        31 wA       GND      TOOK v NEG  ROTATE GLAVA  olg 172   2  N f     N    e NA i              PRESET    5  09k        DISPLAY    SETPOINT  NEG  COMP  PRESET  Olea NA  m 100 Ade        2  USE WSC 1             glow E  R295        8403ARUL0  C sU Tuus  o  gt         1 2  NA     5    NA 243  Fu   olo NA   NA BRE Sy NA NA NA 1W 500  2 10   r        NA      221  i E           R276        2279  lease  c     014 1      01    252 PROGRAMMABLE _    7 6 30740 10 0K NA  X46 C 7   oT     o1w  Cle 1     RESISTOR FOR       01W 9               NA 100K   s SE        A   Q2A fpga  gt  TWO FOUR        E BU R290 Ow VEL NA oR an  USE WSC 1  R294       NA       1 POS_ROTATE LO   POT IS AT  MIN           2         LO_SETPOINT NA           290200 70K VA        tose 408 Dag ae 9     120 NA    76   i72  71821      ae NA MIN  POT OUT   243 v           1905        ne HI   DISPLAY    SETPOINT  POS  COMP  PRESET             
105. BOARD REFERENCE    NEM DESIGNATORS    PART NO  QTY DESCRIPTION         PLUG KEYING PLUG    POTTING TRAY    SELF TAPPING SCREW    Return to Section TOC  Return to Master TOC    EPOXY ENCAPSULATING RESIN  ELECTRICAL INSULATING COMPOUND    FOR ITEMS LISTED BELOW REFER TO ELECTRONIC COMPONENT DATABASE FOR COMPONENT  SPECIFICATIONS  513490 66 C1 C3 C4 C5 C6  513490 25 C2       CAPACITOR  TAEL 47 35V 10   CAPACITOR  TAEL 4 7 35V 10        16 21    14  S13490 97   18   19   23 CAPACITOR TAEL 100 20V 10   516668 9   22 CAPACITOR CEMO 150P  100V 5   T12705 47 DIODE AXLDS 4A 200V UFR    3  1  1 D1  7  i  6  1  2    10  11  12  13          Return to Section TOC  Return to Master TOC    LI   LI   LI     z     D4 D5 D7 D8 D9 D10    0  1    N  N    ninj  Ex     o     o     24020 4   14  m       JCONNECTOR MOLEX MINI PCB 4 PIN    1 J41   524020 10 1 J42 CONNECTOR MOLEX MINI PCB 10 PIN  1 OCI 1 OPTOCOUPLER PHOTO Q 70V     1 Q1 TRANSISTOR NMF T247 38A 250V SS   4    515000 10  T12704 89   19400 47R5 3 R7 R8 R26 RESISTOR MF  1 4W 47 5 1   T12300 86 1 R9 RESISTOR WW 3W 0 05 1    19400 1500 1 R10 RESISTOR MF 1 4W 150 196    519400 1211 3   13   14   15 RESISTOR MF 1 4W 1 21K  196  519400 2211 2 R16 R17 RESISTOR MF 1 4W 2 21K  196    N   55        N  A       N  Oyo    C5  ho  Nh   No  ho  ojoj            UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED   CAPACITORS   MFD VOLTS  RESISTORS   1 4W OHMS  INDUCTANCE   HENRYS 4    BUY AS     55                 N       NOTES                          CAUTION  THIS DEVICE IS S
106. C    5          8  9      8    Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC    Y     4  2              3    Retum to Master              C 8    C 8    ACCESSORIES    CONNECTION OF THE LN 23P TO THE  COMMANDER 500 USING K350 1  ADAPTER  SEE FIGURE C 5      1  Shutthe welder off     2  Connect the electrode cable from the LN 23P to  the     terminal of the welder  Connect the work  cable to the         terminal of the welder     NOTE  Welding cable must be sized for current and  duty cycle of application     NOTE  Figure C 5 shows the electrode connected for  negative polarity     3  Connect the K350 1 adapter to the amphenol on  the LN 23P and the 14 pin amphenol of the  Commander 500 as indicated in Figure C 5     4  Placethe IDLER switch in the HIGH position        CAUTION    Any increase of the high idle engine RPM by changing  the governor setting or overriding the throttle linkage  will cause an increase in the AC auxiliary voltage  If  this voltage goes over 140 volts  wire feeder control  circuits may be damaged  The engine governor set  ting is preset at the factory   do not adjust above RPM  specifications listed in this manual     5  Set the VOLTMETER switch to negative     6  Set the OUTPUT RANGE switch to WIRE WELD   ING CV     7  Set the WELDING TERMINALS switch to WELD   ING TERMINALS REMOTELY CONTROLLED     8  Adjust wire feed speed and voltage at the LN 23P     FIGURE C 5  COMMANDER 500 LN 23P CONNECTION DIAGRAM    COMMANDER 500 WITH  
107. C FROM  BACK  77 10K 2A 2       M5   5 55     M5      P 76 L obi 738A  236A  CBS        6   gt 6 gt    6         262   SHOWN IN   HIGH  POSITION 257                      WORK          232L 4   9    capes    REMOTE IDLE     CONTROL                   LM 00 Ms 262B            M10   90    M10  232M 17 0      285           Mt    D5   Mt SHUTDOWN SOL     ON STANDARD MODELS  9    DENOTES ITEMS po   1              enm INCLUDED ON DELUXE          22              m   0        L es MODELS ONLY           280 J              REMOTE     CONTROL        2 9 108    wee     mo             PRESS   TEMP   uf  x LL   758  METER KIT OPTIONAL M00 M0 12  o      11       CONTACTOR    a ON STANDARD MODEL 218  240 INS ED           Run  POS     55 STUD          gt            sensor     929  GROUND     F i EE         gt  gt                   228A  242C 4 J FTT             2420  amp  229    4 CN    P d TO BE TAPED  snum   3 TURNS V siver DS OPTIONAL ON    enon     x   STANDARD MODEL 2420 0 4  mE Af 36 n   ERI         236C GROUND STUD ON  231 OUTPUT PANEL       EVA NOTE  LEADS 229 AND 229A MAY  e 5R        SPLICED TOGETHER ON SOME         MACHINES  LOW FUEL SHUTDOWN    GND   STARTER    ILL BE DISABLED ON THESE  ACHINES  SOLENOID     PERIPHERAL BD  BATTERY po      12V BATTERY  5       1 m ae BOARD T STUD ON ENGINE  a           CONTACTOR           2        M3       M4       M5      M6      M9          y             GROUND B   e4  AMPHENOL 1       Hmi         254  M3                 5    on                    
108. C Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       INSTALLATION    Read this entire installation section before you  start installation     SAFETY PRECAUTIONS  A WARNING    Do not attempt to use this equipment until you have  thoroughly read all operating and maintenance  manuals supplied with your machine  They include  important safety precautions   detailed engine starting   operating and maintenance instructions and parts lists         e       ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill       Do not touch electrically live parts  such as output terminals or internal  wiring     e Insulate yourself from the work and  ground       Always wear dry insulating gloves     ENGINE EXHAUST can kill         5    Use in open  well ventilated areas or    vent exhaust outside      Do not stack anything near the engine     MOVING PARTS can injure        x   Do not operate with doors open or  AN guards off       Stop engine before servicing       Keep away from moving parts    Only qualified personnel should install  use or ser   vice this equipment    LOCATION   VENTILATION    The welder should be located to provide an unrestrict   ed flow of clean  cool air to the cooling air inlets and to  avoid restricting the cooling air outlets  Also  locate the  welder so that the engine exhaust fumes are properly  vented to an outside area     STORING    1  Store the machine in a cool  dry place when it is not  in use  Protect it from dust and dirt  Keep it where  it can t be accidentally damage
109. CONTROLLED position  This will keep  the solid state contactor open and provide a  cold   electrode until the triggering device  Amptrol or Arc  Start Switch  is pressed     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Return to Section           Return to Section TOC    5          8  9      8    Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC    Y     4  2  8  E            Retum to Master TOC       OPERATION    WIRE FEED  CONSTANT VOLTAGE   WELDING    Connect a wire feeder to the Commander 500 and set  welder controls according to the instructions listed ear   lier in this section     The Commander 500 in the CV WIRE position can be  used with a broad range of flux cored wire  Innershield  and Outershield  electrodes and solid wires for MIG  welding  gas metal arc welding   Welding can be finely  tuned using the ARC CONTROL     Some recommended Innershield electrodes are  NR   311  NS 3M  NR 207  NR 203 Ni 1   NR 204 H     Recommended Outershield electrodes         05 70  0S   71M     Some recommended solid wires for MIG welding are    035  0 9 mm    045  1 1 mm  and  052  1 3 mm   L 50  and L 56   035  0 9 mm  and  045  1 1 mm  Blue Max  MIG 308 LS     For any electrodes  including the above recommenda   tions  the procedures should be kept within the rating of  the machine  For additional electrode information  see  Lincoln publications N 675  GS 100 and GS 210     AUXILIARY POWER OPERATION    Start the engine and set the IDLER control switch to  the desired operat
110. Change oil filter   Change fuel filter   Check fan belt        Every 50 Hours    Check fuel lines and clamps        Every 100 Hours          Check battery electrolyte level and connections   Clean air filter        Refer to your Deutz engine operation manual for periodic maintenance at 100 hours and beyond     1125 Hours for severe conditions        ITEM MANUFACTURER PART NUMBER  Air Cleaner Element Donaldson P181052  AC A302C  Cooling Blower Belt Lincoln T13536 3  Gates 7585    Oil Filter Element Deutz 1174418  Purolator PER2168  Napa 1820  Fram PH3776  Fuel Filter Element Deutz 1174423  Purolator PC42  Napa 3358  Fram P4102  Water Separator Element Lincoln   16890     Stanadyne 31572  Fuel Pre Filter Screen Lincoln M16890 B  Stanadyne 29575  Battery         Group  34    TABLE D 2  ENGINE MAINTENANCE PARTS             COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8       Retum to Section           Retum to Section TOC                8  9      8       Return to Section TOC    Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       MAINTENANCE    BATTERY MAINTENANCE     WARNING           Th   GASES FROM BATTERY can explode   4  Keep sparks  flame  and cigarettes  away from battery   BATTERY ACID can burn eyes and skin     5  Wear gloves and eye protection and be    careful when working near a battery   Follow the instructions printed on the  battery     To prevent EXPLOSION when         INSTALLING A NEW BATTERY   Disconnect the  negative cable from the old battery 
111. D LO   ENABLED      I lo           m n    Im ho kn le            o 2 4          SLOPE 128  tpga  tc    4777 R289         PRE_SETPOINT SLOPE 64            509K  01W     SLOPE 32  fpga  12       13010 ml d  p SLOPE 16  fpga  amp   otv 5007  RL SELECT S         SE Sow SLOPE 8            fpga DB 1 2   3 SLOPE L             XA Cu XE my  LOCAL      REF ge          76 SLOPE 2              T 4 3 qu    E52  qe o                  SLOPE 1  fpoa  406660  5 01 ww iw  1023V REF septal DATA Te   p LOCAL PRE  SETPOINT  A Li pga     075    10 T  50V CS_LOWSETPT  f    LOCAL WIPER  2 Aran    10 0K           sur cock  xs  8      B403ARULO  D 01W 3     p  lt  12 US      fpgal     gt         255V ADBLOOAR  JA ESI x55 p  gt             xs   811 SETPOINT  R132 4 5  5            10 0K SERIAL_DATA xL R266 131        ux 4 um         7  O 1O Y 5      078 V            x 3 51K 7 a     8         Em TOK      o 11 4 a m   CHANT         vaj i ml m  5 C18 fpga leuk x53 SHIRE 1 4 01   SII 34  LO  SETPOINT Uo 061       01 01 bat 01w 01   R271 05A  15V   gt    15V  50V 50V   T    01 11 13 ES 5  1    T  c T   1    on 50V cs stTPONTS        155 guo3anuLo 00 Pilguo3ARUL0     GV  d nde  gt  TOK 30V  2    lt  12   2530740       7 Lr  12    Tp e     cao Chi 13 4 REMOTE               5       45V        DL 01  p a   7  E 02254 U  alza me E look S        GND                             50   50   2o 08 aw vt R262  41052 QI 13 2 101      V     Y     1   10 TO                  x    30740 5     5          gt  D GND  15       
112. DC  open circuit volt   age  at the output terminals       If the correct        is present at  the welding output terminals  check the welding cables   clamps and electrode holder for  loose or faulty connections          Check for loose or faulty con   nections on the heavy current  carrying leads between the out   put bridge  the power modules   the choke and the output termi   nals       Check the Welding Terminals  Switch and associated leads   See the Wiring Diagram       Check gate leads  23   23A    25 and  25A for loose or faulty  connections  See the Wiring  Diagram       Perform the  Stator Voltage      Perform the  Output Rectifier  Bridge Test       Perform the  Power Module     Perform the  Analog Power  Supply PC Board Test      The Weld Control PC Board  may be faulty       See the  Start Up    Diagnostic Chart     and OCV          CAUTION    If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test repairs safely   contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed  Call    1 800 833 9353     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8  geri    Retum to Section           Retum to Section TOC                8  9      8       Retum to Section TOC    Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       F 5    F 5    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE    PROBLEMS   SYMPTOMS     No welding output in neither Stick  or CV modes  Also no
113. ELECT pone 7 DONE  GIW        MACH SEL 3 341 032 1 060 99  AMMETER ON 1240124          4 REMOTE_DETECT seca   al  m fal     fas us tul  P MACH  SEL 4 E 105989    METER  PSET  MODE 125 1 0125 1 0140 140     CS_LOWSETPT mTP3 INIT   amp            sov sov sov ARC_FORCE_SENSE 441 942     1    1 058 58 MIN  PRESET ENABLE 1261 0126 x3  F 1 0139  139 CS  SETPOINTS T  475  ans  75  178 AUX CUR  SENSE 431 043      1 057 PE      MAX PRESET  ENABLE 15 gue yega 1 0138 138 E TIG LIMIT                     piw HLIDLE  SENSE   481 046 10056 B   55 1  SCALE 30013  1 0136 1136 alaz  GTS      05282        Me TER_WELD_SIGNAL ioa 1 0135 235 OIW  GAVA MIN POT  our 481 048 10051 Bi POS  ROTATE 1321170132 170134  138         13  went 1 049 1 050 9                   1 NEG  ROTATE 3311 0133                 NA  25070 5SMT 525070 55             1255        m E                      REMOTE SENSE 009292                  E O NA  wa  PULL UP RESISTOR 1 089  amp           Yens  ke      Um pn CAPABLE OF lima 1 088      SHOT_START_ENABLE  c a que Ka 5   18V 1 087 BL   gt  FIXED_HOT_START        OIW      NA      W xai p 1 086 86 ARC FORCE_ENABLE    to A R25      Vose AF_POT ENABLE  Ole NA S UN mo Iv INPUT FROM   15V 1 08  8  FX_ARC_FRC_ENABLE          m SOURCE CAPABLE OF 108383                      MIN  POT  ENABLE  o  gt  01W LOGI 0 70 BE 70V 1 082 82 FIXED  MIN  ENABLE   u NA              MIN  CUR  DISABLE  olo NA        976 6         hae 10               525070 55      naL G5    Wate        R58 591      15 10
114. FLASHING AND ROTOR VOLTAGE TEST CONTINUED     FIGURE F 12   FIELD DIODE RECTIFIER BRIDGE AND FILTER CAPACITOR       FILTER    CAPACITOR          7  If the voltage reading is low or not present   the generator field is not functioning proper   ly  Perform the  Also check the field diode rectifier bridge  fil   ter capacitor  and associated leads and con   nections  See Figure F 12 for location  See  the Wiring Diagram     NOTE  The normal flashing voltage is approxi   mately 9VDC  This is battery voltage  which is  processed through the Battery board  This volt   age must be present during start up to  flash   the rotor field           8     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN       DIODE  RECTIFIER  BRIDGE    If the rotor voltage readings are normal  the  field circuit is functioning properly  Replace  any cable ties cut during the test  Install the  right case side        34 F 34    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    STATOR VOLTAGE TEST    A WARNING    Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel   Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician  or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty  For your safety and to avoid  electrical shock  please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this  manual     Retum to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC    If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the  test repairs safely  contact the L
115. IC WELDING  ACCESSORIES    LN 7 OR LN 8 WIRE FEEDERS   Semiautomatic  con   stant speed wire feeders  For CV operation only     LN 23P WIRE FEEDER   This portable wire feeder is  capable of CV operation  K350 1 Adapter Kit is  required     LN 25 WIRE FEEDER   The LN 25 with or without an  external contactor may be used with the Commander  300     NOTE  Gas shielded welding requires a Magnum Gun   Gasless welding requires an Innershield Gun     OTHER WIRE FEEDERS FOR THE  COMMANDER 300      NA 3 Automatic Wire Feeder    LN 742 Semiautomatic Wire Feeder    Spool gun and K488 Module    HIGH FREQUENCY GENERATORS FOR  TIG APPLICATIONS    The K799 Hi Freq Unit and the K930 ALL TIG Modules  are suitable for use with the Commander 500  The  Commander 500 is equipped with the required RF  bypass circuitry for the connection of high frequency  generating equipment  The high frequency bypass net   work supplied with the K799 Hi Freq Unit does NOT  need to be installed into the Commander 500     The Commander 500 and any high frequency generat   ing equipment must be properly grounded  See the  K799 Hi Freq Unit and the K930 All TIG Module oper   ating manuals for complete instructions on installation   operation  and maintenance     CONNECTION OF LINCOLN  ELECTRIC WIRE FEEDERS    A WARNING       ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill     Do not operate with panels open       Disconnect NEGATIVE     BATTERY  LEAD before servicing       0      Do not touch electrically live parts     MOVING PARTS can in
116. LE THIS DRAUING   APPROVED    DATE 5 26 99 pDRAWNGNo  L 11325 1                                     Return to Section TOC  Return to Master TOC    NOTE  Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting  PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty  Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric  This information is pro   vided for reference only  Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician  Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the    LINCOLN  amp  i  TETI  machine  COMMANDER 500          Return to Section           Return to Section TOC  Return to Master TOC    o             9                     2          3               Return to Section         Return to Master TOC    Return to Master TOC    o                                                 5                  9 6  SCHEMATIC   CHOPPER      BOARD    c9v6l N    ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS                                                                   Ci C2      C4 C5  G1                           16100 39             E1 E2      E4   6       to heatsink             MIC4451BN  GND GND                to                  Ci C2      C4 C5  G1                      A2                M16100 39                      15 to 32 Vac AND    Ri  9 uU    24                                          
117. MANDER 500    LINCOLN 8       Retum to Section           Retum to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Retum to Section TOC    Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    HOW TO USE TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE    A WARNING    Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric Factory Trained Personnel   Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician and machine  operator and will invalidate your factory warranty  For your safety and to avoid Electrical Shock  please  observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this manual     This Troubleshooting Guide is provided to help  you locate and repair possible machine malfunc   tions  Simply follow the three step procedure  listed below     Step 1  LOCATE PROBLEM  SYMPTOM   Look  under the column labeled    PROBLEM     SYMP   TOMS   This column describes possible symp   toms that the machine may exhibit  Find the list   ing that best describes the symptom that the  machine is exhibiting  Symptoms are grouped  into four main categories  Output Problems   Function Problems  Engine Problems and  Welding Problems     Step 2  PERFORM EXTERNAL TESTS  The  second column  labeled    POSSIBLE AREAS OF  MISADJUSTMENT S      lists the obvious external  possibilities that may contribute to the machine  symptom  Perform these tests checks in the  order listed  In general  these tests can be con   du
118. MISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY  CLEVELAND                  EOE TED To         MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056   abi DESIGN INFORMATION EQUIPMENT TYPE  COMMON ANALOG CONTROL        ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS   02  ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS   002    s                   Eas   wu         _      PERIPHERAL CONTROL PCB ASSEMBLY    OLERAN         AGREE         ENGINEER  APM IG       eme J  504  15       DATE 2 10 99 DRWNGN  G 3662 1          MA  WITH PUBLISHED 57           NOTE  Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting  PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty  Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric  This information is pro   vided for reference only  Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician  Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the    LINCOLN  amp  i  LINCOLN machine  COMMANDER 500       Return to Section         Return to Master TOC    Return to Section TOC  Return to Master TOC    olo  O10  FIle   amp    9              218  AE                x 1    Return to Section TOC    Return to Master TOC       G 10    SCHEMATIC   POWER SUPPLY  ANALOG  PC BOARD    LINCOLN B    227610    ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS       40 100 VDC  Operation                                                                                     
119. N 7 INPUT   BEN UN CABLE PLUG   AMPHENOL K584 OR K594 CONTROL CABLE  14 PIN 4 _   AMPHENOL                    WORK    ELECTRODE CABLE  TO WIRE FEED UNIT    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Retum to Section           Return to Section TOC                8  9      8    Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC    Y     4  2              3    Retum to Master              C 6    C 6    ACCESSORIES    CONNECTION OF THE LN 8 TO THE  COMMANDER 500 USING K867  UNIVERSAL ADAPTER  SEE FIGURE C 3      1  Shut the welder off     2  Connect the electrode cable from the LN 8 to the          terminal of the welder  Connect the work cable  to the     terminal of the welder     NOTE  Welding cable must be sized for current and  duty cycle of application     NOTE  Figure C 3 shows the electrode connected for  positive polarity  To change polarity  shut the welder  off and reverse the electrode and work cables at the  Commander 500 output terminals     3  Connect the K867 Universal Adapter to the K 196  input cable and the 14 pin amphenol of the  Commander 300 as indicated in Figure C 3  Make  the proper connections for local or remote control  according to Figure C 3     4  Connectthe K196 input cable to the LN 8   5  Place the IDLER switch in the HIGH position     A CAUTION    Any increase of the high idle engine RPM by changing  the governor setting or overriding the throttle linkage  will cause an increase in the AC auxiliary voltage  If  this voltage goes over 140
120. N4401  T12704 69 Q7 TRANSISTOR  PNP TO226  0 5A  40V  2N4403  T12704 49 Q8 TRANSISTOR  P  T220  8A  150V  MJE15031  T12704 41 Q9 TRANSISTOR  N  T220  8A  150V  MJE15030  519400 4750 R1 RESISTOR        1 4W  475 OHM  1   519400 1001 R2  R4 RESISTOR  MF  1 4W  1K OHM  1   519400 2211 R3  R25 RESISTOR  MF  1 4W  2 21   OHM  1   519400 4751 R6 RESISTOR  MF  1 4W  4 75K OHM  1    19400 1002 R7  R8  R9  R10 RESISTOR  MF  1 4W  10K OHM  1   519400 1211 R11  R12  R13  R14  amp  R16  R17 RESISTOR  MF  1 4W  1 21K OHM  1   519400 6812 R15 RESISTOR  MF  1 4W  68 1K OHM  1    19400 3321 R18  R19 RESISTOR  MF  1 4W  3 32K OHM  1   M  M                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Return to Section TOC  Return to Master TOC                       19400 8251 R20  R21 RESISTOR  MF  1 4W  8 25K OHM  1   519400 9091 R26 RESISTOR  MF  1 4W  9 09K OHM  1    19400 3322 R5  R27 RESISTOR  MF  1 4W  33 2K OHM  1   519400 5110 R28 RESISTOR  MF  1 4W  511 OHM  1   519400 1003 R29 RESISTOR  MF  1 4W  100K OHM  1   518380 3 THERMISTOR           08 0 19 OHMS  1 85A  519400 3921   R33  R34 RESISTOR  MF  1 4W  3 92K OHM  1   T1
121. ND          R367 SP E NA  x       Vss a 4 8403ARULO  R383 NA x E               me  ALL B RESISTORS      ARE 1 4W DALE 1206        30740 E       M  B4034RUL0  B M     lt   P   NA       um                        15V     15V             MAX POT END PT    gt     gt         13  15V_COM  15V_COM GND   lt 6 lt    gt        1 023V_REF  lt 1     1 023V_REF qM         BL03ARUL0  C         7    6   1   5V Ji   16 PIN W MINI MOLEX  PROGRAMMING    lt   Vss X  Vss  2    3  0 2 m 32   8 PIN B MINI MOLEX  MODE SELECT   Sg    J3   8 PIN W MINI MOLEX  MACHINE SEL  c    lt  se KEY x56  D gt  MIN POT END  PT red    PAGE 3 OF 5  COM           a 13 7 m 39 NB       15V     15V        733070      075       5 rtf    E GENERAL INFORMATION LASTNO  USED   380  561      BIA    619  amp  766       ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS PER   1537 maa  O     5V_REF  gt            aun  gt  90   MI   ERMAL  CAPACITORS             022 50V UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED           ke   2   16 PIN B MINI MOLEX  MISC  CNTRL  amp  EXP  RESISTORS   Ohms   0805 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED  LABELS  0 6       JI3   8 PIN B MINI MOLEX  POWER  DIODES   2A  200V  UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED  A SUPPLY VOLTAGE NET  5    GND     POWER SUPPLY SOURCE POINT  aam   57 COMMON CONNECTION     o NOTES FILENAME  5000749  G3660 2  G3900 2C 1747 FRAME CONNECTION     THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY     THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC CO    THIS SCHEMATIC USED IN G3660 2C AND G3900 2C BOARDS       EARTH GROUND CONNECTION     NA  COMPONENTS NOT INSERTED
122. ND FEEDBACK    COMMANDER 500    WORK  THREE PHASE TERMINAL  RECTIFIER           TO WELD              CONTROL  BOARD                 MECHANICAL  ROTATION    ENGINE       STARTER       RUN STOP           STATOR        8    AUXILIARY               gt                      CONTROL  BOARD       VOLTMETER  AMMETER    ARC OUTPUT    PROCESS RANGE  CONTROL CONTROL SELECTOR       THERMAL    42 VAC TO 14 PIN AMPHENOL  FOR WIRE FEEDER    WINDINGS          zzooocro             PERIPHERAL  BOARD       WELD WINDINGS  RECTIFIER   POWER MODULES AND  FEEDBACK    The three phase stator weld windings are connected to  a three phase rectifier bridge  The resultant DC volt   age is applied to four paralleled capacitors incorporat   ed within each of the two power modules  There are  two capacitors in each module  These capacitors func   tion as filters and also as power supplies for the IGBTs   See IGBT Operation in this section  The IGBTs act as  high speed switches operating at 20KHZ  These  devices are switched on and off by the Weld Control  PC board through pulse width modulation circuitry     See  Pulse Width Modulation       this section  This        240VAC  RECEPTACLE    120VAC  RECEPTACLES  2      chopped  DC output is applied through choke coils  and a shunt to the welding output terminals  The choke  functions as a current filter  and it helps to balance the  outputs of the two power modules  Free wheeling  diodes are incorporated in the power modules to pro   vide a current path for the
123. NT AMP CIRCUIT 5 TURN     019    lt  16   R619           8 400A 200K  CW  T sd od  SHUNT INPUT 4 2  POSITIVE Lean  1  u X14 IDLE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT  im inie                 HOT START CIRCUIT  Somv 400 AMPS E CIRCUIT SELECTS TYPE OF HOT START  FIXED OR ADJ    0206 1 4  Y a bosean FPGA SELECTS APPROPRIATE TIME  AFTER TIME OUT    R77 1V   100AMPS TIG  SWITCH i LOGIC   LO AT HLIDLE  SENSE HOT START IS SHORTED AND BECOMES SETPOINT BUFFER   TK 9 ENGINE MUST GO TO HI IDLE   2 PIN MINI MOLEX  GND   5 15K SES  xis Cie 4        ue        TIG  SETPOINT     8  s 4      9010      A        Es HLLIDLE  SENSE          51475 5 35v  SHUNT CIRCUIT 7 Bw  06680 7 280 pog  50V     829   1      243V NOMINAL 1 Um   4 ER E T   3 m SETPOINT TPP  O w       12 HOT  SETPOINT   gt  F304        NEG  TIG_WELD     5 0 d g j  o    2     RIO R341 R300             S  100 TO IDLE SWITCH    BR L E TTSK xe  gt           TIK 10K      P9           a 50   70           13 TOOK     511   107   530740    ke O1W 01W 01W   o1w        1  1          212  T  olo i Gn CUR     e  01W        052     o 1 2100     Van 1      C126 05A  oO _ E 0 056 30V  9 LO FIXED HOT START 50v  o  gt  OF 175  OF SETPOINT  A  5V REF HI VARIABLE HOT START  5    5 5 SENS Xi     9 AVERAGE AND ABSOLUTE CURRENT LIMIT CIRCUITS WELDING CURRENT SENSE CIRCUIT TOROID SENSE AUX  CIRCUIT Av UD  ALSCESE TEUINT WHEN                      _       _          _                IS      of R230 GNO  76                   406680  9  5   3 ABSOLUTE CURRENT LIMIT he    
124. OLN             53    53    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    NORMAL OPEN CIRCUIT VOLTAGE WAVEFORM  STICK   MAX TAP     MAX CONTROL POT   HIGH IDLE     NO LOAD    Retum to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC                es HH        EEE EH       0 volts                                                 50V 5ms    Retum to Master TOC                    9  u  8     a    This is the typical DC open circuit out   put voltage generated from a properly  operating machine  Note that each  vertical division represents 50 volts  and that each horizontal division rep                 5 8 resents 5 milliseconds in time       F   il      A SCOPE SETTINGS   8 E Volts Div                       50V Div    F   Horizontal Sweep      5 ms Div    cic Coupling                              DC  Trigger                          Internal   gio   PE   512             2   2 8   ili   cc COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN          Retum to Section           Return to Section TOC                8  9      8       Retum to Section TOC    Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       F 54    F 54    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    NORMAL WELD VOLTAGE WAVEFORM  STICK CC   MACHINE LOADED TO 500 AMPS AT 40 VOLTS                                                          20V 0 1ms    This is the typical DC output voltage  generated from a properly operating  machine  Note that each vertical  division represents 20 volts and that  each horizontal division represents  0 1 milliseconds i
125. OT  DIGITAL  SMD  10K  QUAD  TSSOP 24        S25069 28MT     90    IC SMD CMOS  EEPROM  SERIAL SPI 64Kx8 S        525070 55         91    IC SMD FPGA XCS20  TOFP  T44PIN        525069 55           pas    IC SMD EEPROM CMOS  CONFIGURATION  256K        515128 105        paa    IC SMD  VOLTAGE REF ADJ  PECISION 431I        525067 18MT    pas    IC BIPOLAR TIMER SOIC 14        S15018 118MT     60    IC  SMD CMOS  SWITCH ANALOG QUAD 201  S        S25057 28MT     64    POT  SMD  DIGITAL  10K 1 CHNL SOIC 8        825001 18218MT    RESISTOR  SMD  1 82K  1 4W 1206 1  TR        825001 15028MT                RESISTOR  SMD  15K  1 4W 1206 1  TR          NOTE  G3990 2 MUST BE REVIEWED WHEN  MODIFYING THIS BOARD     PART NO     BUY AS    3660 2C   c    UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED     RESISTANCE   OHMS    SCHEMATIC REFERENCE  G3661 2C3    BUY PER E3867  TEST PER E3869 C         FOR PARTS ORDERS SEND        IDENTIFICATION CODE     1  G3660 2 WELD CONTROL PC BOARD ASSEMBLY         1  518250 743 PLUG  amp  LEAD ADAPTER   1  S25110PRINT PARTS ORDER INSTRUCTION SHEET       PROGRAM ITEM  140  WITH ITEM  7         PROGRAM ITEM  142  WITH ITEM  8      J  PARTS SHOWN MUST BE COMPLETELY COVERED THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED  DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY  CLEVELAND  OHIO U S A   i WITH ENCAPSULATION       D    MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE        E2085     C19  Sheet No 
126. OTE                                                                                     SCHEMATIC   BATTERY PC BOARD    G 4    NOL Je1Se A 0  uunjeH    DOL uonoes 0                 DOL                              DOL uonoeg oj                DOL Je1se N 0  uunjeH  DOL uonoeg 0  uunjeg    L 11309    NOL Je1se N 01 uunjeH  DOL uonoeg 0  uunjeg    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN E         ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G 5  PC BOARD ASSEMBLY   BATTERY PC BOARD       PC BOARD REFERENCE  Ww ITEM PART NO  DESIGNATORS DESCRIPTION  1 L11325 C 1 BATTERY PC BOARD BLANK  2 M19436 3 1 POTTING TRAY     8025 80 2 SELF TAPPING SCREW    E2527 112g EPOXY ENCAPSULATION RESIN  E3539 AS REQ D ELECTRICAL INSULATING COMPOUND                         Return to Section TOC  Return to Master TOC    FOR ITEMS LISTED BELOW REFER TO ELECTRONIC COMPONENT DATABASE FOR COMPONENT SPECIFICATIONS    T11577 26 CAPACITOR  PEF  0 1 100V  1096  516668 8 CAPACITOR            330pf   100V  5   513490 121 CAPACITOR  ALEL  1000 35V  30     20   513490 15 C5 CAPACITOR  ALEL  100 16V  75     10   T11577 58 C6 CAPACITOR  CD  0 0047 3000V  2096  516668 11 C7 THRU C12 CAPACITOR  CEMO  1   50V  10   T12705 37 D1  D2  D3 DIODE  AXLDS  3A  40V  SCHOTTKY  T12199 1 D4  D5  D6  D7  D8  D13  D14  D15  D16  DIODE  AXLDS  1A  400V  1N4004  T12705 29 D9  D10  D12  D17 DIODE  AXLDS  3A  600V  1N5406  524020 16 J43 CONNECTOR  MOLEX  MINI  PCB  16 PIN  TIN  T13640 26 MOV1 MOV  14VRMS  100J  20MM  T12704 68 Q1 THRU Q6 TRANSISTOR  NPN TO226  0 5A  40V  2
127. OWER RECEP     TACLES  section in the Installation section for further  information about this receptacle  Also refer to the    AUXILIARY POWER OPERATIONI later in this section     15  50 AMP CIRCUIT BREAKERS         These circuit breakers provide separate overload  current protection for each 120V circuit at the 240V  receptacle     16  120VAC RECEPTACLES    These two 120VAC  5 20R  receptacles provide  120VAC for auxiliary power  Each receptacle has a 20  amp total rating  Refer to   RECEPTACLES in the Installation section for further    information about these receptacles  Also refer to the  AUXILIARY POWER OPERATIONIlater in this section   17  20 AMP CIRCUIT BREAKERS    o    These circuit breakers provide separate overload cur   rent protection for each 120V receptacle     18                              Provides    connection point for connecting the  machine case to earth ground for the safest grounding  procedure  Refer to  MACHINE GROUNDING       the  Installation section for proper machine grounding infor   mation     19  20 AMP CIRCUIT BREAKER    This circuit breaker provides overload protection for the  120 VAC circuit in the 14 pin amphenol     20  VOLTMETER     SWITCH    Changes the polarity display on the wire feeder     21  10 AMP CIRCUIT BREAKER    This circuit breaker provides overload protection for the  42 VAC circuit in the 14 pin amphenol     22  14          CONNECTOR  AMPHENOL     For quick connection of interfacing equipment     23  ARC CONTROL    The A
128. PART NO        IDENTIFICATION CODE       BUY PER E3867  TEST PER E3883    SCHEMATIC REFERENCE L11383    EXPERIMENTAL DRAWING    NOT TO BE USED FOR PRODUCTION  EE TITLE BLOCK FOR REVISION LEVEL    THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED  DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY  CLEVELAND  OHIO U S A     UN OTHERWISE oP DTOLERAN   MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056   ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS    02   ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS   002   ON ALL ANGLES IS    5 OF A DEGREE   MATERIAL TOLERANCE   t   TO AGREE  WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS     LO NOT SCALE        DRAWING      Chg  Sheet No      X  INFO        5000762    DESIGN INFORMA    TION      REFERENCE  EQUIPMENT TYPE  ENGINE  WELDERS          5000751    DRAWN BY  MAP              XC    ENGINEER     PULL COIL P C  BOARD ASSEMBLY                APPROVED        SCAENONE     DATE8 26 99 DRAWNGNo    11384 1    G 13       Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting  PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty  Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric  This information is pro   vided for reference only  Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician  Improper PC board repairs could result
129. PC BOARD TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES       A WARNING    ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill     Have an electrician install and service   this equipment  Turn the machine OFF   before working on equipment  Do not  touch electrically hot parts     Sometimes machine failures appear to be due to PC  board failures  These problems can sometimes be  traced to poor electrical connections  To avoid prob   lems when troubleshooting and replacing PC boards   please use the following procedure     1  Determine to the best of your technical ability that  the PC board is the most likely component causing  the failure symptom     2  Check for loose connections at the PC board to  assure that the PC board is properly connected     3  If the problem persists  replace the suspect       board using standard practices to avoid static elec   trical damage and electrical shock  Read the warn   ing inside the static resistant bag and perform the  following procedures           Do Not Destroy    PC Board can be damaged by  static electricity       Remove your body s static charge  before opening the static shielding  bag  Wear an anti static wrist    IWAN    ATTENTION strap  For safety  use a 1 Meg  Static Sensitive   ohm resistive cord connected to a  Devices grounded part of the equipment  Handle only at frame    Static Safe    e f you don t have a wrist strap   touch an unpainted  grounded   part of the equipment frame  Keep  touching the frame to prevent sta   tic build up  Be sure not to touch  any electr
130. PER  SPACERS          DIODE MODULE    ALLEN HEAD  SCREWS  4     POWER  MODULE  PC BOARD       Retum to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC             POWER MODULE PC BOARD  REMOVAL    Refer to Figure F 30  to the Power Module PC board   Right  1  Turn the engine off  side  W7  W8  and D3  Left side  W9  W10  and D4   See the Wiring Diagram    2  Remove the front right or left case side   depending on which Power Module PC    board you are removing     7  With the 7 16  wrench  remove the nuts  lock  washers  and flat washers holding the posi   tive capacitor straps to the Power Module   3  Perform the Output Panel Removal proce  PC board  Loosen the nuts at the capacitor   dure section of the  Case Cover Removal  terminals and swing the straps out of the    Retum to Master TOC                8  9      8       procedure  way   4  Perform the  Power Module Capacitor  8  With the 3 8  allen wrench  remove the top   Discharge procedure  and bottom cap screws from the Power         Module PC board   5  With the phillips screw driver  remove plug  and lead assembly for P J 50  right side  or   NOTE  Each top cap screw has a copper stand   P J51  left side   Cut any necessary cable      on the opposite side of the board  Be sure  ties  to place this standoff between the heat sink and    6  With the 7 16  wrench  remove the nuts  the PC board at reassembly     lock washers  and flat washers holding the 9  Remove the power module board   two heavy leads and the small diode leads    Retu
131. R  TERMINALS    Using the resistor and jumper leads  CARE   FULLY discharge the capacitor terminals   NEVER USE A SHORTING STRAP FOR  THIS PURPOSE  DO NOT TOUCH THE  TERMINALS WITH YOUR BARE HANDS   Repeat procedure on the other side       Check the voltage across the capacitor ter     minals  It should be zero volts     Retum to Section           Retum to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Retum to Section           Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       F 21    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    IDLER SOLENOID TEST    A   WARNING    Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel   Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician  or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty  For your safety and to avoid  electrical shock  please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this  manual     If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the  test repairs safely  contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical trou   bleshooting assistance before you proceed  Call 1 800 833 9353  WELD      TEST DESCRIPTION    This test will determine if the idler solenoid is capable of functioning when it is energized  with 12VDC     MATERIALS NEEDED  External 12VDC supply   30 amps required   Wiring Diagram  Volt Ohmmeter          This procedure should take approximately 
132. RAME CONNECTION      v  THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY        LINCOLN ELECTRIC CO  THIS SCHEMATIC USED IN G3660 2C AND G3900 2C BOARDS    EARTH GROUND CONNECTION   gt  NA  COMPONENTS NOT INSERTED ON G3660 2C4 VERSIONS AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED  DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PERMISSION OF     THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC CO    DESIGNED BY IB  FC  SS          NB  COMPONENTS NOT INSERTED ON G3660 2 VERSIONS  AND  o INSERTED ON G3660 2C4 VERSIONS  ene eH E NERA Ch   ge Sht No  EQUIP  ANALOG WELD CONTROL PCB        NOTES   NC  ADDITIONAL COMPONENTS NOT INSERTED ON G3660 2C4 VERSION  SMCS SEs PORE d THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC CO  TYPE  p     Giza ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS 1S   02      CLEVELAND  OHIO U S A  sue ecr CUR  LIM          FEEDBACK  ETC       COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY ON    PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD MAY CHANGE ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS   002 7 7 2000 04           WITHOUT AFFECTING THE INTERCHANGEABILITY OF    COMPLETE BOARD  THIS DIAGRAM MAY ON ALL ANGLES 16 5  5 OF A DEGREE PG   SCALE    NONE      SHT      t HoT Si THE EXACT COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY OF CONTROLS HAVING A COMMON CODE MATERIAL TOLERANCE tan      AGREE DR  FC pate 10 12 2000 chk  SUP S D G  NO   C3661 2C4 4  5  amp        D                    m NOTE  This diagram is for reference only  It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual     LINCOLN 59    ELECTRIC         COMMANDER 500       ae ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS       SCHEMATIC   WELD CONTROL PC BOARD   SHEET 5                                  
133. RC CONTROL potentiometer is active in two  modes  CC   STICK and CV   WIRE with different pur   poses in each mode     CC   STICK mode  In this mode  the ARC CONTROL  knob sets the short circuit current during stick welding   Increasing the number from 1 to 10 increases the short  circuit current  This prevents sticking of the electrode to  the plate at low welding current settings  This also  increases spatter  It is recommended that the control  be set to the minimum number without electrode stick   ing     CV   WIRE mode  In this mode increasing the number  from 1 to 10 changes the arc from soft and washed in  to crisp and narrow  It acts as an inductance control   The proper setting depends on the application and  operator preference     In general  MIG welding performs best in the  SOFT   range and Innershield in the  CRISP  range     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Return to Section           Retum to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Return to Section TOC    Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC    Y     4  2  8      5        Retum to Master TOC       OPERATION    ENGINE OPERATION    STARTING THE ENGINE    1  Open the engine compartment door and check that  the fuel shutoff valve located to the left of the fuel fil   ter housing is in the open position  lever to be in line  with the hose      2  Check for proper oil level on the oil dipstick  Close  engine compartment door     3  Remove all plugs connected to the AC power recep   tacles     4  Set IDLER sw
134. RD     NCE   t  ENGINEER   MATERIAL TOLERANCE  t          XC UF TK    WITH PUBLISHED 57             SCALE THISDRAWNG B   XD UF   APPROVED     SOLID ED GE       Return to Section TOC  Return to Master TOC    NOTE  Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting  PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty  Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric  This information is pro     vided for reference only  Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician  Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the    machine  COMMANDER 500       LINCOLN          ore ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G 12  SCHEMATIC   PULL COIL PC BOARD       SCHEMATIC  111383 X    SH    AST NO  USED  NO    Return to Section TOC  Return to Master TOC    TO 232N     BATT     ENGINE WELDERS                     PULL COIL PCB          25V REF          IDLE  25V REF      a PULL COIL             CHK        227       100K      z          6         sv       Y SHUTODWN                PULL COIL xi 2 D   259018 10           265           e    Q6  5A             6 Bis       U S A                          03 07 00             L11383_1B            022 50V                                  ILENAME        ENERAL INFORMATION  CLEVELAND  OHIO    01             b       THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC CO         
135. REC  MF  1 10W 68 1K 0 1         525007 90915        R351    RESISTOR SMD PREC MF  1 10W 9 09K 0 1         525000 13305        R352    RESISTOR  SMD  METAL FILM  1 10W 1330HMS        525008 15025        R353    RESISTOR  SMD PREC MF  1 10W  15 0K 0 5         525007 90925        3548355    RESISTOR  SMD  PREC MF  1 10W 90 9K 0 1         525000 22815           R356    RESISTOR  SMD  METAL FILM  1 10W 22 10HM        S25010 T8MT    R357    RESISTOR SMD MF 2 Z1K  1 4W  1 6  SURGE         525000 33205        R358    RESISTOR  SMD  METAL FILM  1 10W 3320HMS        525003 0R155MT    R359    RESISTOR  SMD  1W 0 1SOHMS  1         525001 20015        R360 R361  R362  R363 R364  R365 R366 R367 R383    RESISTOR  SMD 2K  1 4W 1206 1  TR        525007 33215        R368    RESISTOR  SMD  PREC  MF  1 10W 3 32K 0 1         525056 25         R380 R561 R619 R766    TRIMMER  SMD MT  1 4W 2K 10  LINEAR        515128 275        x    TC OP AMP  SINGLE  PRECISION LT 109758        515128 45        DOG X39 X40 X41X42 X51  55                5  0           GEN PURPOSE 224D       515128 185           4 6 6   7   16   22    46            52   56    IC OP AMP SMT QUAD HIGH PERF 33074D          15458 65        pa    IC SMD PWM CONTROL       515018 65        DG XIOXTI X14 X17 X24 X34  35  X36     IC SMD CMOS  SWITCH  ANALOG QUAD  4066B        S15128 118MT       15   43    IC SMT  COMPARATOR  QUAD 2901D        525065 15            20    IC SMD MULTIPLEXER TO 1 LINE DATAH        525057 35        27 X53 X57    P
136. Retum to Master TOC                            5  Using the 3 8  wrench  remove the four 7  Remove the fuel tank cap  gasket  and the  screws from the top front of the roof assem  lift bail cover seal   bly and the two screws from the sides of the  control box  Carefully lower the front con   trol panel  See Figure F 2     8  With the help of an assistant  carefully  remove the roof  The door assembly  remains attached to the roof  Replace the   6  sWith the 9 16  wrench  remove the fuel cap   exhaust pipe rain cap     1r  SB            8 8  E        cic    9  With 3 8  wrench  remove the left rear panel  and the right and left front panels  See    Return to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN             18    18    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR                                       CASE FRONT KNOBS   REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE  Fue  SB   Removal  318 7         Side View  9 9        Pull   88      c  Knob Nameplate  x  gt        Push   Removal        1  Rotate the handle portion of the knob to an approximate vertical orientation  switch detent may position  handle a few degrees off vertical   This orientation should be noted and repeated at replacement for proper    D  shaft orientation    2  With one hand  grasp the very bottom of vertical handle and push towards the machine nameplate and  pull down  At the same time and with the other hand  grasp the very top of the handle and pull the top edge  of the knob away from the machine nameplate  Th
137. S DIAGRAM MAY ON ALL ANGLES IS    5 OF    DEGREE PG  SCALE     NONE sur     NOT SHOW THE EXACT COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY OF CONTROLS HAVING A COMMON CODE MATERIAL TOLERANCE     TO AGREE DR  FURS pate 10 12 2000 chk  ANY                63661 2472        5 NUMBER  WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS    eis  5  o    NOTE  This diagram is for reference only  It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual     LINCOLN 59    ELECTRIC         COMMANDER 500       da ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS         SCHEMATIC   WELD CONTROL      BOARD   SHEET 3                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  
138. S ae  PC BOARD ASSEMBLY   CHOPPER PC BOARD    COMPONENT SIDE CIRCUITRY OPPOSITE G8MPONENT SIDE GIRGUITRY    11815 1 300 CHOPPER    516668  11   1 50  513490 8 5D 25    Cl  CX CB U7          L 11315 1                REQ   D PART NO IDENTIFICATION  51    CAPACI         MPF  1 0 UF  B3VDC  T11577 49 5DO 5D  nam   T127D5 23 1N58                   1  474504  DPTOCDUPLER  TIL OUT    T12704 41 USE H  S  520530   5183BD 5 THERM STOR              1 1  17 UHMS              J   ZIK 1 4      519400 5  20 562 1 4    5194DO  1001      1 4      519400  LDRO JD 1 4        5194DD  4751 4  75K  519 00  4750 475 174W  515D 18 21 LC  DRI VER       LOw  5       MOSFET       D  02 03 04  D5    R    u    SHT   NO        Return to Section TOC  Return to Master TOC    ENGINE WELDERS  300 CHOPPER P C  BOARD AS   BLY    SUP S D G             ain oio  SEES NS  mis       SSD  X   d    2  S      m   amp  8   3   e    m     _  SE                 SUBJECT        a  a        0 20 0 0 0    SCALE FULL                                             CAPACITORS   MFD VOLTS i INCLUDE  1  L11167 PRINT  RESISTORS   OHMS   AND  1  T12837 1     THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC CO   CLEVELAND  OHIO U S A     MAKE FROM 519399     MAKES 6 BOARDS  REQ D   PART       IDENTIFICATION  NOTE  FOR BLANK SHEARING TOLERANCE SEE P C  BOARD ASSEMBLY    1  111315     C  BOARD BLANK  M16100 39 LECTRONIC MODULE  A1  421  BLANK PART NO  L11315 B 19147 15 YELETS  MALE       B4 BS        B9   79147 11 YELETS  FEMALE   2          Return to Section TOC  R
139. SAFETY    PRECAUTIONS DE SURETE      Pour votre propre protection lire et observer toutes les instructions  et les pr  cautions de s  ret   specifiques qui parraissent dans ce  manuel aussi bien que les pr  cautions de s  ret   g  n  rales suiv   antes     S  ret   Pour Soudage A L Arc  1  Protegez vous contre la secousse   lectrique       Les circuits    l   lectrode et    la pi  ce sont sous tension  quand la machine    souder est en marche  Eviter toujours  tout contact entre les parties sous tension et la peau nue  ou les v  tements mouill  s  Porter des gants secs et sans  trous pour isoler les mains      Faire tr  s attention de bien s isoler de la masse quand on  soude dans des endroits humides  ou sur un plancher  metallique ou des grilles metalliques  principalement dans   les positions assis ou couch   pour lesquelles une  grande partie du corps peut   tre en contact avec la  masse      Maintenir le porte   lectrode  la pince de masse  le c  ble  de soudage et la machine    souder en bon et s  r   tat  defonctionnement      Ne jamais plonger le porte   lectrode dans l eau pour le  refroidir      Ne jamais toucher simultan  ment les parties sous tension   des porte   lectrodes connect  s    deux machines    soud   er parce que la tension entre les deux pinces peut   tre le  total de la tension    vide des deux machines   Si on utilise la machine    souder comme une source de  courant pour soudage semi automatique  ces precautions  pour le porte   lectrode s applicuen
140. SVM153 A    Commander    500    For use with machines having Code Numbers  10837  Standard    10838  Deluxe     September  2002    Return to Master TOC  View Safety Info    Safety Depends on You    Lincoln arc welding and cutting  equipment is designed and built  with safety in mind  However   your overall safety can be in   creased by proper installation        and thoughtful operation on  your part  DO NOT INSTALL   OPERATE OR REPAIR THIS  EQUIPMENT WITHOUT  READING THIS MANUAL AND  THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS  CONTAINED THROUGHOUT   And  most importantly  think  before you act and be careful     Return to Master TOC  View Safety Info           9      gt   2          o          gt     E   SERVICE MANUAL                is   7   P  o  9            c     3                View Safety Info    LINCOLN    Copyright    2002 Lincoln Global Inc       World s Leader in Welding and Cutting Products        Sales and Service through Subsidiaries and Distributors Worldwide      Cleveland  Ohio 44117 1199 U S A  TEL  216 481 8100 FAX  216 486 1751 WEB SITE  www lincolnelectric com    Return to Master TOC       SAFETY                             WARNING         A  CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNINGS  A   Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents The engine exhaust from this product contains  2 are known to the State of California to cause can  chemicals known to the State of California to cause     cer  birth defects  and other reproductive harm  cancer  birth defects  or other reproduct
141. UBJECT      DAMAGE BY    STATIC ELECTRICITY  LINCOLN ELECTRIC TO SEE E2454  BEFORE HANDLING     olo  O10  FIle   amp    9              218  AE                x 1    PLACE CONNECTOR KEYING PLUG  OVER HEADER PIN  IN  LOCATION SHOWN  PLUG SHOULD BE INSERTED BELOW  CONNECTOR TOP SURFACE     PART NO     M19423 1        IDENTIFICATION CODE            9          1  2   519400 15  0 1 R23 RESISTOR MF 1 4W 15 0 1    519400 2490 1   24 RESISTOR MF  1 4W 249 196   520375 7 1 T1 TRANSFORMER PCB PWM FLYBACK    T13640 9 1  TP 1 MOV 75VRMS 22J 14MM  M15458 4 IC PWM CONTROLLER IMODE 2842A   151280 280   1                   REF ADJ                   4311       2 PLACES                       867 oie  TEST PER E3861      SCHEMATIC REFERENCE M19422    THS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TOBE REPRODUCED  DISCLOSED CR USED WTHOUT THE EXPRESSWRITTEN PERMISSION CF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY  CLEVELAND  OHO USA  UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFED TOLERANCE DESIGNINFORMATION REFERENCE   MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056             EQUIPMENT TYPE  COMMON ANALOG CONTROL   mE SUBJECT  ANALOG POWER SUPPLY PCB ASSEMBLY         ONS PLACE DECIMLS Ss  D BEES EXE  E  l SCALE I1 DATE  2 23 99  DRAWNGN      19423 1    A    IDENTIFY COMPLETE ASSEMBLY WITH A PRINTED LABEL OR  OTHER PERMANENT MARKING IN AREA SHOWN                                          LI              C  SECURE PC BOARD ASSEMBLY IN PLACE WITH ITEM  4      NO COMPONENTS      BOTTOM SIDE      PC BOA
142. Use suitable clothing made from durable flame resistant    material to protect your skin and that of your helpers from  the arc rays       Protect other nearby personnel with suitable  non flammable    screening and or warn them not to watch the arc nor expose  themselves to the arc rays or to hot spatter or metal     23 FUMES AND GASES  can be dangerous     5 a  Welding may produce fumes and gases  hazardous to health  Avoid breathing these  fumes and gases When welding  keep  your head out of the fume  Use enough  ventilation and or exhaust at the arc to keep   fumes and gases away from the breathing zone  When  welding with electrodes which require special  ventilation such as stainless or hard facing  see  instructions on container or MSDS  or on lead or  cadmium plated steel and other metals or coatings  which produce highly toxic fumes  keep exposure as  low as possible and below Threshold Limit Values  TLV   using local exhaust or mechanical ventilation  In  confined spaces or in some circumstances  outdoors  a  respirator may be required  Additional precautions are  also required when welding on galvanized steel       Do not weld in locations near chlorinated hydrocarbon vapors    coming from degreasing  cleaning or spraying operations   The heat and rays of the arc can react with solvent vapors to  form phosgene  a highly toxic gas  and other irritating  products       Shielding gases used for arc welding can displace air and    cause injury or death  Always use enou
143. W  R163  SRES 5 11K TKF 0805 1   1 10W  R168 SRES 20K TKF 0805 1  1 10W 1  R169 SRES 50K 5 TURN        1 4    10     i R170 5       15          0805 1  1710    i  j 525000 68115     R171  R172 SRES 6 81K TKF 0805 1  1 10W 6     525000 47518MT R20 R21 R23 R25 R27 R30  _  SRES 4 75K 0805 1  TR NP      R32  R33 R34  R109     R113 R114 R115 R116 R138   R151 R152 R153 R154 R166  525000 68125     R35 R111 SRES 68 1K 0805 196 1 10W NP  525000 33215     R37 R118 R119 R139  R140  _  SRES 3 32K 0805 1   1 10W NP B80Q42M71   R155  525000 10015     R40 R46 R167 SRES  1K 0805  1   1 10W  TRNP  525056 45     RAT SRES 5K 5 TURN POT  1 4W  10   525000 22125     R51 SRES 22 1K TKF 0805 196 1 10W  525000 10005     R55 R124 R125 R126         100  TKF 0805 1   1 10W  525001 26705     R57 R58 R59 R60 R62 R63  _  SRES 267 1206 1   1 4W  TR NP  R64 R65  525000 10025       7   110 8164 8165  SRES  10K 0805  1   1 10W  TRNP   515128 115     Xue SICS 2901 NP    15102 45     SICS MC1413BD ARRAY DRIVER SOT6  525068 15     SICS 5V        0 5   2            525070 35     SICS XC9536 44 PIN VO44  517900 85     51  5 74    14                                                      525020 25       111577 58   525024 55      525024 95      525024 75      525024 85      525040 35       525040 25                              OOOOOCO    525044 45            525044 65                       OOOOONM 525044 75              525044 85      518248 6  524020 16  524020 12  525051 25      525050 15        525050 25       S2
144. ace the O ring onto the angled seal surface of  the filter header and re install the plastic cap  Make  sure its flange rests on the O ring     9  Screw on the cap ring and tighten hand tight     10  Remember to open the fuel shutoff valve  Lever in  line with the hose  before starting the engine     Water Separator Element  The water separator ele   ment is a two stage filter with a special filtration water  separating media  An expanded water reservoir pro   vides maximum protection against water in the fuel   The recommended change interval for the water sepa   rator element is 1 000 hours  See Figure D 2 and follow  this procedure     1  Close the fuel shutoff valve located on the side of  the Fuel Pre Filter Water Separator Assembly  The  lever should be perpendicular to the hose     2  Rotate the quick change ring  located just below fil   ter header  clockwise approximately 1 2 turn and  slide it down and off the element     3  Grasp the element and pull down with a slight rock   ing motion to remove the element from the grommet  post on the bottom of the filter header     FIGURE D 2     FUEL PRE FILTER WATER  SEPARATOR ASSEMBLY                                                                  FUEL FILTER QUICK CAP  SHUTOFF HEADER CHANGE RING  VALVE RING    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC    MAINTENANCE      Slide the new element onto the grommet post on    the bottom of the filter header until the element no  longer easily 
145. act the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed  Call    1 800 833 9353     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8  geri    Retum to Section           Return to Section TOC                8  9      8       Retum to Section TOC    Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       F 11    F 11    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE    PROBLEMS   SYMPTOMS     The engine will not go to high idle  when using the auxiliary power   Auxiliary power is normal when the  IDLER switch is in the  HIGH  posi   tion  Automatic idle function works  properly when the welding termi   nals are loaded     Observe Safety Guidelines    detailed in the beginning of this manual     POSSIBLE AREAS OF  MISADJUSTMENT S     ENGINE PROBLEMS      Make sure the auxiliary power  leads are tight       The automatic idler may not  function if the auxiliary power is  loaded to less than 150 watts     RECOMMENDED  COURSE OF ACTION    1  Check the current sensing  toroid for loose or faulty connec   tions  See the Wiring Diagram       Make sure leads  3 and  6A  pass through the toroid twice in  opposite directions       The current sensing toroid may  be faulty       The Weld Control PC board  may be faulty        The engine will not go to high idle  when attempting to weld or when  the auxiliary power is loaded   Welding output and auxiliary power  outputs are normal when IDLER  switch is in the   HIGH  positi
146. aid the technician in the removal and replacement of the case sheet  2 28 metal covers   AE    74 MATERIALS NEEDED  3 8  wrench  7 16  wrench  1 2  wrench  3 4  wrench       This procedure should take approximately 30 minutes to perform     Retum to Master TOC    5          8  9      8       Retum to Section         Retum to Master TOC    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN          Return to Section           Return to Section TOC    5          8  9      8    Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC    Y     4  2              3    Retum to Master              F 16 F 16    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    CASE COVER REMOVAL  AND REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE  CONTINUED     FIGURE F 1   COVER REMOVAL    ROUND  HEAD SCREW  LOCATION    LEFT  FRONT  PANEL                PROCEDURE    1  Turn the engine off  4  Support the door assembly  Using the 3 8   wrench  remove the  10 24 round head  screw  lock washer  flat washer  and nut from  the top corner of the door hinge assembly  where it attaches to the roof  Remove the  3  Unlatch and open the engine service access support rod    door  See Figure F 1     2  Using the 3 8  wrench  remove the battery  cover  Slide the battery out and disconnect  the negative battery cable     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN          17    17    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    CASE COVER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE  CONTINUED     FIGURE F 2   FRONT PANEL ROOF DETAILS    Return to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC       Return to Section TOC  
147. al  Solid State  contactor allows for the  selection of  hot  or  cold  output terminals with a  toggle switch on the control panel      Arc Control   potentiometer in Wire and Stick modes  for precise adjustment of arc characteristics     Advanced circuitry to prevent pop outs in the five  slope modes     FOR AUXILIARY POWER    12 000 watts of 120 240 VAC  60Hz auxiliary power       Power for tools  120 240 VAC lights  electric pumps  and for standby emergency power       Drive a 5 HP motor  provided it is started under no  load        Two 20 amp 120 VAC duplex receptacles for up to 40  amps of 120 VAC power       One 50 amp  120 240 VAC dual voltage receptacle  for up to 50 amps of 240 VAC  and up to 50 amps per  side to separate branch circuits  not in parallel  of  120 VAC single phase auxiliary power  Allows easy  connection to premises wiring       Weld and AC auxiliary power at the same time  with   in machine total capacity      OTHER FEATURES      Deutz 3 cylinder  air oil cooled diesel engine   Designed for long life  easy maintenance  and excel   lent fuel economy     Engine protection system shuts the engine down for  low oil pressure  high oil temperature  or a broken  fan engine alternator belt     Gauges for oil pressure  oil temperature  engine  alternator output  and fuel level     Indicator lights for low oil pressure  high oil tempera   ture  engine alternator low output broken belt  and  low fuel level  on K1639 2 only      Automatic low fuel shutdown befo
148. am       This procedure should take approximately 40 minutes to perform              Retum to Master TOC    5          8  9      8       Retum to Section         Retum to Master TOC    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN          F 43 F 43    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    OUTPUT RECTIFIER BRIDGE TEST CONTINUED     FIGURE F 18   FRONT CONTROL PANEL REMOVAL    Retum to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC    g          0      9  u  8  E  a       TEST PROCEDURE             0      2 1  Turn the engine off  5  Perform the  Power Module Capacitor   8 z 2  Using the 3 8  wrench remove the screws                               9 5 holding the front control panel to the case 6  Using the 3 4  wrench  remove the internal   8 8 top and sides  See Figure F 18   There        leads from the output terminals  Insulate the     two screws on the top and        screw      leads    F F each side     cic    3  Carefully lower the front control panel     4  Using the 3 8  wrench  remove the front left  and right side panels     Retum to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN             44 F 44    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    OUTPUT RECTIFIER BRIDGE TEST CONTINUED     FIGURE F 19   OUTPUT PANEL REMOVAL    Return to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC        OUTPUT LEADS   BEHIND PANEL     OUTPUT PANEL       Retum to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC    7  Using the 3 8  wrench  remove the three 8  Disconnect Bypass PC board leads  206B  screws holding the lower front
149. ances  inside  They can cause an explosion even though they have  been    cleaned     For information  purchase    Recommended  Safe Practices for the Preparation for Welding and Cutting of  Containers and Piping That Have Held Hazardous  Substances     AWS F4 1 from the American Welding Society   see address above        Vent hollow castings or containers before heating  cutting or    welding  They may explode       Sparks and spatter are thrown from the welding arc  Wear oil    free protective garments such as leather gloves  heavy shirt   cuffless trousers  high shoes and a cap over your hair  Wear  ear plugs when welding out of position or in confined places   Always wear safety glasses with side shields when in a  welding area       Connect the work cable to the work as close to the welding    area as practical  Work cables connected to the building  framework or other locations away from the welding area  increase the possibility of the welding current passing  through lifting chains  crane cables or other alternate circuits   This can create fire hazards or overheat lifting chains or  cables until they fail     6 h  Also see item 1 c     SAFETY       LINCOLN 8          CYLINDER may explode  22584     i  if damaged     7     Use only compressed gas cylinders  containing the correct shielding gas for the  process used and properly operating  regulators designed for the gas and   pressure used  All hoses  fittings  etc  should be suitable for  the application and maintain
150. and to avoid  electrical shock  please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this  manual     Retum to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC    If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the  test repairs safely  contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical trou   bleshooting assistance before you proceed  Call 1 800 833 9353  WELD      TEST DESCRIPTION    This test will determine if the Analog Power Supply PC board is receiving and passing the  proper signal voltages     Retum to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC    MATERIALS NEEDED    Analog Volt Ohmmeter  Wiring Diagram       This procedure should take approximately 30 minutes to perform     Retum to Master TOC    5          8  9      8       Retum to Section         Retum to Master TOC    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN          Return to Section           Retum to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       F 40    F 40    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    ANALOG POWER SUPPLY PC BOARD VOLTAGE TEST  CONTINUED     FIGURE F 17   ANALOG POWER SUPPLY PC BOARD    CONTROL  CIRCUIT  INPUT  POWER             13 1J41 to POS TERMINAL  14 2  41 to NEG TERMINA      N C2   85V SUPPLY       TEST PROCEDURE    Turn the engine off     Perform the Case Cover Removal proce     dure     Locate plugs J41 and J42 from the Analog  Power Supply PC board  See Figur
151. anual     PROBLEMS   SYMPTOMS     The engine shuts down shortly    after starting     POSSIBLE AREAS       MISADJUSTMENT S     ENGINE PROBLEMS    Check for adequate fuel supply       If any indicator light is lit when  the engine shuts down  that par   ticular system has faulted   Check system       Check the battery cables for  loose or faulty connections     TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE    RECOMMENDED  COURSE OF ACTION    1  Check the RUN STOP switch  and associated leads for loose  or faulty connections     2  Perform the Shutdown  Solenoid Test       The Peripheral PC board may  be faulty  With the RUN STOP  switch in the  RUN  position  the  Peripheral PC board should nor   mally supply 10VDC to the shut   down solenoid via leads  224  and  262  See the Wiring  Diagram       See the Engine Starting Diag     nostic art        The engine will not idle down to low  speed  The machine has normal    weld output and auxiliary power          Make sure the IDLER switch is  in the  AUTO  position       Make sure there is NOT an  external load on the weld termi   nals nor the auxiliary power  receptacles       Check for mechanical restric   tions in the solenoid linkage        1  Perform the   dler Solenoid      Check leads  227   232L    232M and  226A for loose or  faulty connections  See the  Wiring Diagram       The Pull Coil PC board may be  faulty           CAUTION    If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test repairs safely   cont
152. ar the engine  This is the FUEL SOLENOID engaging  It should stay  engaged  You should also see all 5 ENGINE WARNING LIGHTS come on for  about 5 seconds and then go off  Then  operate the START button  ENGINE  WARNING LIGHTS WILL COME BACK on then off again  All gauges should be  in the NORMAL operating ranges  About 30 seconds after starting the engine   the    inihibit    circuit which prevents ENGINE SHUTDOWN will turn off  Engine  should remain running                               Are the BATTERY  CABLES properly  connected     Does the PULL COIL  read  3 ohms     Did you hear the  FUEL SOLENOID  engage             Is the SOLENOID  INKAGE bound up     Is the BATTERY  charged                          CORRECT  that problem        Look at wires 224   262  405  270  5T   402  232  236a   amp              236  Also  403   232M or 265     PERIPHERAL PCB TRUM  OK MAY BE BAD     PERIPHERAL PCB or  BATTERY PCB MAY BE           FUEL SOLENOID  engage and REMAIN    Does the HOLD COIL  read 21 ohms     CORRECT  that problem     Look at wires 243     PERIPHERAL PCB      Check the WARNING      247  248  245   MAY      BAD  LIGHTS  232f  232g  232             Look at wires 224   262       BAD  ALSO  THE PULL  COIL PCB              Did all 5 ENGINE  WARNING LIGHTS  come on           232p  252  amp  253        CORRECT   that problem    PERIPHERAL PCB  MAY BE BAD     Did all 5 ENGINE  WARNING LIGHTS  go OFF     F 13                          s the BATTER  charged ENOUGH to  tart the ENGINE 
153. areful when working near battery       Follow instructions printed on battery     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Return to Section           Retum to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Return to Section TOC    Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       INSTALLATION    IMPORTANT  To prevent ELECTRICAL DAMAGE  WHEN     a  Installing new batteries  b  Using a booster  Use correct polarity     Negative Ground     The Commander is shipped with the negative battery  cable disconnected  Before you operate the machine   make sure the Engine Switch is in the OFF position  and attach the disconnected cable securely to the neg   ative     battery terminal     Remove the insulating cap from the negative battery  terminal  Replace and tighten the negative battery  cable terminal     NOTE  This machine is furnished with a wet charged  battery  if unused for several months  the battery may  require a booster charge  Be sure to use the correct  polarity when charging the battery     MUFFLER OUTLET PIPE    Remove the plastic plug covering the muffler outlet  tube  Using the clamp provided  secure the outlet pipe  to the outlet tube with the pipe positioned to direct the  exhaust in the desired direction     SPARK ARRESTER    Some federal  state or local laws may require that  gasoline or diesel engines be equipped with exhaust  spark arresters when they are operated in certain loca   tions where unarrested sparks may present a fire haz   a
154. aster TOC    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN          Return to Section           Retum to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC    g  4  2              3    Retum to Master              F 28    F 28    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    ENGINE THROTTLE ADJUSTMENT TEST  CONTINUED     6     If either of the readings is incorrect  adjust  the throttle as follows     Adjust HIGH IDLE  Use the 10mm wrench  to loosen the locking nut  See  Figure   8   for location of the adjusting screw and lock   ing nut  Turn the threaded screw counter   clockwise to increase the HIGH IDLE  speed  Adjust the speed until the tach  reads between 1890 and 1910 RPM   Retighten the locking nut     Adjust LOW IDLE  First make sure there is  no load on the machine  Set the IDLE  switch to AUTO and wait for the engine to  change to low idle speed  Use the 10mm  wrench to loosen the solenoid lever arm  locking nut  See Figure    9   Adjust the col   lar  to change the amount of throw in the  lever arm  until the tach reads between  1450 and 1500 RPM  Retighten the locking  nut     Frequency Counter Method    1     Plug the frequency counter into one of the  115 VAC auxiliary receptacles     Start the engine and check the frequency  counter  At HIGH IDLE  1900 RPM   the  counter should read 63 Hz  At LOW IDLE   1475 RPM   the counter should read 49  Hz  Note that these are median measure   ments  hertz readings may vary slightly  above or 
155. ate at  full speed for approximately 12 seconds and  then go to low idle speed     b  When the electrode touches the work or power  is drawn for lights or tools  approximately 100  Watts minimum  the engine accelerates and  operates at full speed     c  When welding ceases or the AC power load is  turned off  a fixed time delay of approximately  12 seconds starts     d  Ifthe welding or AC power load is not restarted  before the end of the time delay  the idler  reduces the engine speed to low idle speed     e  The engine will automatically return to high idle  speed when the welding load or AC power load  is reapplied     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Return to Section           Return to Section TOC            8  9            Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       OPERATION    Idler Operational Exceptions    When the WELDING TERMINALS switch is in the     Welding Terminals Remotely Controlled    position  the  idler will operate as follows     a  When the triggering device  Amptrol  Arc Start  Switch  etc   is pressed  the engine will accelerate  and operate at full speed provided a welding load  is applied within approximately 15 seconds        f the triggering device remains pressed but no  welding load is applied within approximately 15  seconds  the engine will return to low idle speed        f the triggering device is released or welding  ceases  the engine will return to low idle speed  afte
156. ator and rotor   AE    3 MATERIALS NEEDED  5 16  Wrench  3 8  Wrench Slot head screw driver  7 16  Wrench Phillips head screw driver  1 2  Wrench Gear puller  small   3 4  Wrench Hoist  1  Open end wrench Feeler gauge  for air gap check     1 1 8  Wrench  9 16  Deep socket wrench  17mm Wrench    This procedure should take approximately 5 1 2 hours to perform        Retum to Master TOC                8  9      8       Retum to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN          Return to Section           Retum to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Retum to Section TOC    Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       F 74    F 74    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    STATOR ROTOR REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT  CONTINUED     FIGURE F 33   FUEL TANK REMOVAL DETAILS    LEADS  229 OQ  AND  242D    PREPARATION AND LEAD  REMOVAL PROCEDURE    Refer to Figure F 33     1   2     Turn the engine off     Perform the  Case Cover Removal                 dure  including removing the output panel     Perform the  Power  Module Output  Rectifier Bridge Assembly Removal    Perform the  Power Module Capacitor  Discharge Procedure     Using the 3 8  wrench  remove leads  229   white  and  242D from the fuel level sensor   Label the leads for reassembly     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN          PLUG   FUEL   LINES  U BOLTS  2       Turn the fuel off at the shutoff valve     Remove and plug the fuel return line       Remove and plug the lowe
157. below     If either of the readings is incorrect  adjust  the throttle as follows     Adjust HIGH IDLE  Use the 10mm wrench  to loosen the locking nut  See  Figure   8   for location of the adjusting screw and lock   ing nut  Turn the threaded screw counter   clockwise to increase the HIGH IDLE  speed  Adjust the speed until the frequen   cy reads 63 Hz  Retighten the locking nut     Adjust LOW IDLE  First make sure there is  no load on the machine  Set the IDLE  switch to AUTO and wait for the engine to  change to low idle speed  Use the 10mm  wrench to loosen the solenoid lever arm  locking nut  See Figure F9  Adjust the col   lar  to change the amount of throw in the  lever arm  until the frequency reads 49 Hz   Retighten the locking nut     Oscilloscope Method    1     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN       Connect the oscilloscope to the 115 VAC  receptacle  according to the manufacturer s  instructions  At HIGH IDLE  1900 RPM    the waveform should exhibit a period of  15 8 milliseconds  At LOW IDLE  1475  RPM   the waveform should exhibit a period  of 20 3 milliseconds  Refer to the NORMAL  OPEN CIRCUIT VOLTAGE WAVEFORM   115 VAC SUPPLY  HIGH IDLE   NO LOAD  in this section of the manual     If either of these waveform periods is incor   rect  adjust the throttle as follows     Adjust HIGH IDLE  Use the 10mm wrench  to loosen the locking nut  See  for location of the adjusting screw and lock   ing nut  Turn the threaded screw counter   clockwise to increase the HIGH IDLE  spee
158. ble must be sized for current and  duty cycle of application     NOTE  Figure C 4 shows the electrode connected for  positive polarity  To change polarity  shut the welder  off and reverse the electrode and work cables at the  Commander 500 output terminals     3  Connect the K595 XX Input Cable Assembly to the  LN 8     4  Connect the K595 XX to the 14 pin amphenol on  the Commander 500     5  Place the IDLER switch in the HIGH position        CAUTION    Any increase of the high idle engine RPM by changing  the governor setting or overriding the throttle linkage  will cause an increase in the AC auxiliary voltage  If  this voltage goes over 140 volts  wire feeder control  circuits may be damaged  The engine governor set   ting is preset at the factory   do not adjust above RPM  specifications listed in this manual     6  Setthe VOLTMETER switch to         or         depend   ing on the polarity chosen     7  Setthe OUTPUT RANGE switch to WIRE WELD   ING CV     8  Setthe WELDING TERMINALS switch to WELD   ING TERMINALS REMOTELY CONTROLLED     9  Adjust wire feed speed and voltage at the LN 8     10  Adjust the ARC CONTROL to the desired level    soft  or  crisp       FIGURE C 4  COMMANDER 500 LN 8 WITH K595 INPUT CABLE ASSEMBLY CONNECTION DIAGRAM       14 PIN    AMPHENOL    a             TO LN 8 INPUT    Ww CABLE PLUG  K595 INPUT CABLE ASSEMBLY  Co o TO WORK    ELECTRODE CABLE  TO WIRE FEED UNIT    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Return to Section           Return to Section TO
159. cable tie and  pull lead W11 through the toroid     Return to Section           Return to Section TOC    5          8  9      8    Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC    Y     4  2              3    Retum to Master              F 64 F 64    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    POWER MODULE OUTPUT RECTIFIER BRIDGE ASSEMBLY  REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT  CONTINUED     FIGURE F 29   POWER MODULE OUTPUT RECTIFIER BRIDGE ASSEMBLY DETAILS         POWER    MODULE  PC BOARD   CHOPPER  PC BOARD       DIODE  amp        c      W    LEAD  c s     TERMINAL              lt           GLASTIC  INSULATOR  BRACKET          CONTROL    21         NX  o  nm Mu 555 5                          BOTTOM        BRACKET E y              n   lt     amp 5 4     ce                 rd E  LD             CAPACITOR       B d    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN       Return to Section           Retum to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Return to Section TOC               to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       F 65    F 65    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    POWER MODULE OUTPUT RECTIFIER BRIDGE ASSEMBLY  REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT  CONTINUED     Refer to Figure F 29 for Steps 13 15     13     14     15     The power    Using the 7 16  wrench  remove the stator   W  leads from the three terminals on the  plastic insulator bracket of the rectifier  bridge  Label the leads for reassembly   Pull the leads out through the power mod   ule top bracket  
160. ceptacle     K857 25 ft   8 5 m  or K857 1 100 ft   30 4 m   REMOTE CONTROL   Portable control provides same  dial range as the output control on the welder from a  location up to the specified length from the welder  Has  convenient plug for easy connection to the welder  The  Commander 500 is equipped with a 6 pin connector for  connecting the remote control     K704 ACCESSORY SET   Includes 35 feet  10 m  of  electrode cable and 30 feet  9 m  of work cable  head   shield  work clamp and electrode holder  Cable is rated  at 500 amps  60  duty cycle     K953 1 TWO WHEEL TRAILER   For road  in plant  and yard towing  Road towing with optional fender and  light kit   For highway use  consult applicable federal   state and local laws regarding possible additional  requirements        K953 1 Trailer     K958 1 Ball Hitch     K958 2 Lunette Eye Hitch     K959 1 Fender and Light Kit    K965 1 Cable Storage Rack    K825 1 ETHER START KIT   Provides maximum cold  weather starting assistance for frequent starting below  10  F   12 2   C   Required Ether tank is not provided  with kit     K949 1 OIL DRAIN KIT   Includes ball valve  hose and  clamp     K1690 1  1 DUPLEX  GFCI Klt   Includes a UL  approved 115 volt ground fault circuit interrupter recep   tacle  duplex type  with cover and installation instruc   tions  Each half of the receptacle is rated 15 amps  but  the maximum total current from the GFCI duplex is lim   ited to 20 amps  The GFCI receptacle replaces the fac   tory in
161. cess panel     14  Using the 3 8  wrench  remove the brush holder  assembly     15  Cut the cable tie and then label and remove brush  leads  201    and piggy backed leads  200A     and  200B    from the brush holder assembly    The piggy backed leads connect closest to the  stator laminations         Return to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC    FIGURE F 36   CONTROL BOX CONNECTIONS    PULL COIL PC BOARD   LEADS  265 AND  227     CONTROL BOX    12 VDC STUD  LEADS  232L  AND  232M    1r  SB      HE  8 8  E        cic       16  See Figure F 36  Disconnect leads  265 and 4227 17  With the 3 8  wrench  remove the two screws from  from the Pull Coil PC board  With the 7 16  the bottom of the control box  Swing the control  wrench  remove the nut  lock washer  and flat box aside and lay it down   washer from the 12 VDC insulated stud  Remove  leads 2321 and  232M from the stud  Cut any  necessary cable ties  Pull all leads freed in this  step through the control box panel     Return to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN             77    77    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    STATOR ROTOR REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT  CONTINUED     FIGURE F 37   ALTERNATOR SHROUD REMOVAL    Return to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC        6 SCREWS    SHROUD    Retum to Master TOC    B      5      9  u  8     a       machine base  Remove the shroud     gig   FE        8    18  With the 5 16  wrench  remove the six 19  With the 7 16  wrench  remove the two     g screws that hold
162. cessary     Replace the brush holder access panel       Replace the right front case cover     Retum to Section           Retum to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Retum to Section           Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       F 31    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    FLASHING AND ROTOR VOLTAGE TEST       WARNING    Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel   Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician  or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty  For your safety and to avoid  electrical shock  please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this  manual     If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the  test repairs safely  contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical trou   bleshooting assistance before you proceed  Call 1 800 833 9353  WELD      TEST DESCRIPTION    This test will determine if the correct DC voltage is being applied to the rotor at the maxi   mum engine speed  1900 RPM   This information will aid the technician in determining if  the generator field is operating properly     MATERIALS NEEDED    Volt Ohmmeter  3 8  Wrench  Wiring Diagram          This procedure should take approximately 35 minutes to perform           COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN       F 31    Return to Section           Return to Section TOC    5
163. cted without removing the case cover     Step 3  PERFORM COMPONENT TESTS  The  last column  labeled    Recommended Course of  Action    lists the most likely components that may  have failed in your machine  It also specifies the  appropriate test procedure to verify that the sub   ject component is either good or bad  If there are  a number of possible components  check the  components in the order listed to eliminate one  possibility at a time until you locate the cause of  your problem     All of the referenced test procedures referred to in  the Troubleshooting Guide are described in detail  at the end of this section  Refer to the  Troubleshooting and Repair Table of Contents to  locate each specific Test Procedure  All of the  referred to test points  Components  terminal  strips  etc   can be found on the referenced elec   trical wiring diagrams and schematics  Refer to  the Electrical Diagrams Section Table of Contents  to locate the appropriate diagram        CAUTION    If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test repairs  safely  contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before    you proceed  Call 1 800 833 9353     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Return to Section           Retum to Section TOC                8  9      8       Return to Section TOC    Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    
164. ctions       The welding cables may be too  long or coiled  causing an  excessive voltage drop       Make sure the electrode  wire   gas  voltage  current etc   is cor   rect for the process being used        TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE    RECOMMENDED  COURSE OF ACTION    1  Check for the correct OCV at  the welding output terminals  If  the correct voltage is present at  the output terminals  check for  loose connection on the heavy  current carrying leads inside the  Commander 500  See the  Wiring Diagram       If the OCV is low at the welder  output terminals  perform the    Engine Throttle Adjustment    Test     3  Perform the  Output Rectifier  Bridge Test       Perform the  Stator Voltage      Perform the   Power Module    st       The Weld Control PC board  may be faulty           CAUTION    If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test repairs safely   contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed  Call    1 800 833 9353     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Return to Section         Return to Master TOC    Return to Section TOC  Return to Master TOC    Ojo  ojo      E  56          t  olse  wn 12   81 8  E E  s  p  Bie  o o              Return to Section TOC  Return to Master TOC       F 13 TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    ENGINE STARTING DIAGNOSTIC CHART    Starting  ENGINE    Upon placing the RUN STOP switch in the    RUN    position  you should hear a     click    ne
165. cur   rent DC welding output for stick  SMAW  and TIG weld   ing  The Commander 500 also provides excellent con   stant voltage DC welding output for MIG  GMAW  and  Innershield  FCAW  welding     GENERATOR    The Commander 500 provides smooth 120 240 VAC  output for auxiliary power and emergency standby  power     DESIGN FEATURES AND ADVANTAGES  K1639 2 COMMANDER 500 DELUXE MODEL  FEATURES    FOR WELDING    Excellent DC multi purpose welding for stick  MIG   TIG  cored wire and arc gouging applications     30 to 500 amps output in five slope controlled ranges  for out of position and pipe electrodes  one constant  current output range for general purpose welding   one constant voltage range for MIG wire and cored  wire welding and one 20 250 amp range for  Touch  Start  TIG welding     100  duty cycle at 500 amps output and 50  duty  cycle at 575 amps output     Dual 3 digit output meters are provided  optional on  K1639 1  for presetting the weld amperage or volt   age and displaying the actual amperage and voltage  during welding  The meters use superbrite L E D  s  for improved readability in full sunlight     LOOK BACK FEATURE  After welding has stopped   both displays will remain on for 7 seconds with the  last current and voltage value displayed  During this  time  the left most decimal point in each display will  be FLASHING     Standard remote control capability with 14 pin and  6 pin connectors for easy connection of Lincoln  remote control accessories     An intern
166. d  Adjust the speed until the period is  15 8 milliseconds  Retighten the locking  nut     Adjust LOW IDLE  First make sure there is  no load on the machine  Set the IDLE  switch to AUTO and wait for the engine to  change to low idle speed  Use the 10mm  wrench to loosen the solenoid lever arm  locking nut  See Figure F 9 Adjust the col   lar  to change the amount of throw in the  lever arm  until the period is 20 3 millisec   onds  Retighten the locking nut     Retum to Section           Retum to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Retum to Section           Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       F 29    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    ROTOR RESISTANCE TEST       WARNING    Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel   Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician  or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty  For your safety and to avoid  electrical shock  please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this  manual     If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the  test repairs safely  contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical trou   bleshooting assistance before you proceed  Call 1 800 833 9353  WELD      TEST DESCRIPTION    This test will determine if there is a shorted winding in the rotor or if the rotor is grounded     MATERI
167. d Amps Voltage Load Volts Load Amps          245   254 225   240 50 118   132 112   128 15       COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN       Retum to Master           Retum to Master           Y     4  2  8      5  4    Retum to Master              ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS    TABLE OF CONTENTS   ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS SECTION     Electrical Diagrams                 G 1  Wirmg Diagram SR  G 2  Schematic     Complete                                                                       G 3  Schematic     Battery PC                                                                G 4  PC Board Assembly   Battery PC Board                                                              G 5  Schematic     Chopper PC                                          nennen nennen trn enne enne G 6  PC Board Assembly     Chopper PC                                                                      G 7  Schematic     Peripheral PC Board                      sess nnne nnns G 8  PC Board Assembly   Peripheral PC Board                      sess G 9  Schematic     Power Supply  Analog  PC                2                            G 10  PC Board Assembly     Power Supply  Analog  PC                                                                    G 11  Schematic     Pull Coil PC Board                    sssssssssssssssseeeeen enne enne nter nnne ns G 12  PC Board Assembly   Pull Coil PC Board                     ssssssssssssseeeeeeeeenneee eene G 13  Schematic     Weld Control PC Board     Sheet 1    G 14  Schematic  
168. d be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel   Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician  or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty  For your safety and to avoid  electrical shock  please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this  manual     Retum to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC    If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the  test repairs safely  contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical trou   bleshooting assistance before you proceed  Call 1 800 833 9353  WELD      DESCRIPTION    This procedure will aid the technician in the removal and replacement of the Power  Module  chopper  PC board and the board diode module     Retum to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC    MATERIALS NEEDED    7 16  Wrench   3 8  Allen head wrench   9 64  Allen head socket   Phillips head screw driver   Penetrox A13 thermal joint compound  T12837 1   2 gm tube       This procedure should take approximately 60 minutes to perform              Retum to Master TOC                8  9      8       Retum to Section         Retum to Master TOC    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN          F 67 F 67    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR             E    POWER MODULE  CHOPPER       BOARD DIODE   5 z MODULE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT  CONTINUED   2   2 8 FIGURE F 30   POWER MODULE      BOARD   EJE   i  TEMPERATURE        SWITCH         HEAT SINK    COP
169. d from construction  activities  moving vehicles  and other hazards     2  Drain the engine oil and refill with fresh 10W30 oil   Run the engine for about five minutes to circulate oil    to all the parts  See the  MAINTENANCE  section of    this manual for details on changing oil     3  Remove the battery  recharge it  and adjust the  electrolyte level  Store the battery in a dry  dark  place     STACKING    Commander 500 machines cannot be stacked     ANGLE OF OPERATION    To achieve optimum engine performance the  Commander 500 should be run in a level position  The  maximum angle of operation for the Deutz engine is 30  degrees fore and aft  40 degrees right and 45 degrees  left  If the engine is to be operated at an angle  provi   sions must be made for checking and maintaining the  oil level at the normal  FULL  oil capacity in the  crankcase  When operating the welder at an angle  the  effective fuel capacity will be slightly less than the  specified 25 gallons  94 6 liters      COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Return to Section           Retum to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Retum to Section TOC    Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC    g  4  2              3    Retum to Master              INSTALLATION    LIFTING    The Commander lift bale should be used to lift the  machine  The Commander is shipped with the lift bale  retracted  Before attempting to lift the Commander   secure the lift bale in a raised position  Secure the lift  bale as follows  
170. date your factory warranty  For your safety and to avoid  electrical shock  please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this  manual     If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the  test repairs safely  contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical trou   bleshooting assistance before you proceed  Call 1 800 833 9353  WELD      DESCRIPTION    This procedure will insure that the large capacitors in the power modules have been dis   charged  This procedure should be performed whenever work is to be attempted on or  near the power modules     MATERIALS NEEDED    3 8  Wrench   Volt Ohmmeter   Resistor  25 1000 ohms and 25 watts minimum   Jumper leads    This procedure should take approximately 15 minutes to perform        COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN       F 19    Return to Section           Return to Section TOC    5          8  9      8    Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC    Y     4  2              3    Retum to Master              F 20    F 20    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    POWER MODULE CAPACITOR DISCHARGE PROCEDURE  CONTINUED     FIGURE F 4   POWER MODULE CAPACITOR TERMINAL DISCHARGE          PROCEDURE    1  This procedure must be performed with the 4     engine off     2  Using the 3 8  wrench  remove the front left  and right side panels     3  Locate the four capacitors  two on each  side   See Figure F 4     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN          CAPACITO
171. du solvant pour produire du phosg  ne  gas forte   ment toxique  ou autres produits irritants     Pour obtenir de plus amples renseignements sur la s  ret     voir le code  Code for safety in welding and cutting  CSA  Standard W 117 2 1974     jamais enrouler le c  ble   lectrode autour de n importe quelle PR  CAUTIONS DE S   RET   POU R    partie du corps     LE    S MACHINES    SOUDER       Un coup d arc peut   tre plus s  v  re qu un coup de soliel  TRANSFORMATEUR ET     REDRESSEUR    donc       Utiliser un bon masque avec un verre filtrant appropri   1   ainsi qu un verre blanc afin de se prot  ger les yeux du  rayonnement de l arc et des projections quand on soude  ou quand on regarde l arc      Porter des v  tements convenables afin de prot  ger la  peau de soudeur et des aides contre le rayonnement de  l arc    Prot  ger l autre personnel travaillaant    proximit   au  soudage    l aide d   crans appropri  s et non inflamma   bles       Des gouttes de laitier en fusion sont   mises de l arc de  soudage  Se prot  ger avec des v  tements de protection  libres de l huile  tels que les gants en cuir  chemise   paisse   pantalons sans revers  et chaussures montantes     LINCOLN 8    Relier    la terre le chassis du poste conformement au code  de l   lectricit   et aux recommendations du fabricant  Le dis   positif de montage ou la piece    souder doit   tre branch       une bonne mise    la terre       Autant que possible  l installation et l entretien du poste    seront ef
172. e   lt   5  3      o o            Return to Section           Return to Master TOC       G 3    SCHEMATIC   COMPLETE MACHINE   COMMANDER 500       _   _       REMOTE       CONTROL              ROUND     AMPHENOL       A  B      D  E  F                POSITIVE  OUTPUT  Lt    NOTE  COMMANDER 500  USES  2  300 AMP  CHOPPER MODULES  amp   COMMANDER 300 USES  2  200        CHOPPER  MODULES     SHUNT  50MV 400 AMPS       SN     ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS    IGBT MODULE   EMMITTER  IS COMMON TO HEATSINK                           PC BOARD        050 3  18   50 1  17                                      IGBT MODULE   EMMITTER  15 COMMON TO HEATSINK                X    wi                    90  2045 CURRENT LEVEL                      2068 206A 2065 FEED BACK SIGNAL          BY PASS  PC BOARD          WIREFEEDER    VOLTMETER             777    NEGATIVE __  OUTPUT  TERMINAL     TO         sisvac  _             Foo      wo 4 EP 3 POLARITY  SWITCH             208A          2400uf  100vdc                          THREE PHASE    RECTIFIER N  A       Wi we          STATOR  WELD FOUR POLE 1800 RPM ALTERNATOR          37 9 omia gN       2065  6 2   2048  J6 1   2088  J12 16           ARC VOLTAGE FEEDBACK       TI Q7     OUTPUT  CONTROL 10K P                   76  27 2     ov          75  J7 3       30V     rra  10 1     REMOTE     15V WIOPOT   PHENOL  CONTROL 10K   lt          ov               75a  10 3   279  9 3   278  92   277  9 1                 ARC  CONTROL 10K               TOROID     SENSES AC
173. e F 17     Start the engine and run it at high idle  1900  RPM  with no load     Check for the correct input voltage     a  Set the volt ohmmeter to the Volts DC  position     b  Place the negative probe on J41 pin 2  and the positive probe on J41 pin 1     c  The reading should be between 75 and  85 VDC     ON C2   85V SUPPLY                         o                                     J41                                                    p        nina  o0000                                                                                                                    7                        500    LINCOLN       J42    If the reading is not correct  the stator out   put may be incorrect  the rectifier output  may be incorrect  the power capacitors may  be faulty  or the Power Module PC board  may be faulty  Perform the  Sito Vonage   the  and the    The capacitors C1  C2  C3 or C4 may be  faulty  Test and replace if necessary     Check for the correct output voltage read     ings per  Table F 1   If any of the readings  are not correct  the Analog Power Supply  PC board may be faulty    When finished testing  perform the  Cover Heplacement procedure     Retum to Section           Retum to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Retum to Section           Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC    Y     4  2  8      5        Retum to Master TOC       F 41    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    F 41    ANALOG CONTROL POWER SUPPLY PC BOARD TEST  CONTINUED     TABLE F 
174. e X9  A 400V 200K     a 3   ano  o 27     406880 cuore 19 ape REMOTE   BINCH POT R275 R279  o 50V sov      amp  10 0K 10 0K  em 3 2  FX ARC FRC ENABLE E BW  gt  15    olo      10 V    Mee             Pert X10 R 4 75        5     01    10V_REF   10V_REF  MIN_POT_ENABLE              g   X42 9 06680 1 2  6       poH 240 Aviv e  ps 4         50 0 LO    PINCH POT  IN CV 5 m    gt                  3 14 15   E70  5V_REF 45V  REF        E A   RIBl   r1             i um         33K g al             E           Em         167 Atv H E 8  362 FIXED arc FORCE  8  622       L 330748 7   TU P   L      ae  1 023V_REF  lt p  1 023V_REF     lesik                   D     Ww   Veo         He als   5 0 lt SETPOINT AMP FOR  Ausv REMOTE_DETECT   0 28   3    B ARC FORCE INCREASE   51         70v 3 R59 v R62   30740  100 825K  asv V o E 01   EMT 28 OIW  B           S noi Vasv oa ARC FORCE POT E C                 3                        177 e az ARC FORCE CONTROL      15v      Lt 0056 XII U XJT     29 WIPER 50   1 a p 8 9  E 2 ia                     vo       190  8 T 5  eios 01   B A    Rr D 406680  12 406680   01         90228  75K  S 150 100  5 Cw        fI 50V ARC FORCE ENABLE      8    50    2  01     amp   oiw   6 2  1  Vow mis T 2         LO   ARC FORCE  POT OR FIXED   g vw 7 mn bsa        ia        PAGE 2 OF 5      S       6 50740 ZZIK dv       USE WSC 1  30V                     01 GND 01   400V R293 406680 m          R186 REMOTE     1 AF POT  LE    x2  0 GENERAL INFORMATION  O    So 213      
175. e air cleaner hose clamp and detach the    hose       Remove the engine end panel with air box and air    cleaner attached for access to the engine       See Figure D 4  Loosen the alternator mounting    bolts  1  2  3  and rotate the alternator toward the  engine       Remove the old cooling blower belt and install a    new one       Push outward on the alternator  4  and adjust the    cold belt tension to 63 73 165   10 15 mm            mum deflection  midway between any two pulleys   Tighten bolts  1    2    3        Reinstall the air cleaner hose  engine case side     and engine end panel  Reattach the negative bat   tery cable  Slide in and refasten the battery holder       Check the cooling blower belt tension after 100    hours of operation   Follow seps 1 6  9 and 10      FIGURE D 4     COOLING BLOWER BELT REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTING                                  COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Retum to Section           Retum to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Retum to Section TOC    Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       MAINTENANCE    TABLE D 1  DEUTZ ENGINE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE       FREQUENCY    MAINTENANCE REQUIRED       Daily or Before  Starting Engine    Fill fuel tank    Check oil level    Check air cleaner for dirty  loose  or damaged parts  Replace if necessary   Check air intake and cooling areas  clean as necessary           First 50 Hours  and Every 250  Hours Thereafter    Change engine oil   
176. e bolts and lock washers  Install the fan  blade  making sure that it faces the proper  direction  with the fan nut and four cap screws     Check the air gap for  010  minimum     Install the brush holder assembly  Be sure the  brushes are centered and properly seated on  the slip rings     Install the flywheel splash plate     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN       Return to Section           Retum to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Return to Section TOC    Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       F 81    TROUBLESHOOTING    F 81     amp  REPAIR    STATOR ROTOR REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT  CONTINUED     LEAD RECONNECTION CHECKLIST    ENGINE OUTPUT PANEL AND CONTROL BOX          Leads  242D and  229 to fuel level sensor                Plug J52             Brush leads  201    and  200A    and   200B       Leads  5P   201 and  201A   200D  and   6F to the field bridge rectifier                               COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN       Leads  265 and  227 to Pull Coil PC board  Leads  232L and  232M to 12 VDC insu   lated stud    Leads  200C   200E     and  200B    to  the field capacitor    F 82 F 82    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    RETEST AFTER REPAIR    Retest a machine       If itis rejected under test for any reason that requires you to remove any mechanical part which could affect the  machine   s electrical characteristics  OR       f you repair or replace any electrical components     Retum to Section TOC  Retum to Mast
177. e knob should   peel  away from the nameplate and the  white nylon holding fingers of the knob base  from top to bottom     Return to Section TOC  Return to Master TOC    Replacement           O10  Fle  5  5  zelo              218      5                          a                Replacement     1  If the white nylon cam of the detent mechanism is removed from it s spring loaded base by the above  procedure or intentionally  it should be returned before the knob replacement is attempted  Press the cam  into it s spring loaded holder so it sets flat and flush  Selector Switch Only     2  Orientate the knob handle to the vertical as noted above and position the knob over the base  centered  and parallel    3  Press the knob onto the   D  shaft and white nylon holding fingers  maintaining the parallel position    The knob should   click  into place and should not pull off with normal operation     Return to Section TOC  Return to Master TOC    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN          Retum to Section           Retum to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Retum to Section           Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       F 19    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    POWER MODULE CAPACITOR DISCHARGE PROCEDURE       WARNING    Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel   Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician  or machine operator and will invali
178. ead  281 to engine  ground  See the Wiring Diagram  Normal  is 13 2 to 14 5 VDC     NOTE  Lead  281 carries the flashing voltage  for the engine alternator  Battery voltage should  be present whenever the engine is running   See the Wiring Diagram     8     10     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN       If the correct flashing voltage is present  and the charging output voltage is low or  missing  the engine alternator may be  faulty     Stop the engine and check the alternator V   belt for proper tension  See the engine  operation manual     Replace the left rear case cover        52    52    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    NORMAL OPEN CIRCUIT VOLTAGE WAVEFORM  115VAC SUPPLY   HIGH IDLE     NO LOAD    15 8 ms    Retum to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC             TEETH Ht 0 volts                                                 Retum to Master TOC    g          0      9  u  8  E  a    50V 5ms    This is the typical auxiliary output  voltage generated from a properly  operating machine  Note that each  vertical division represents 50 volts  and that each horizontal division rep   resents 5 milliseconds in time                          P P   dr      4 Note  Scope probes connected at   9 5 machine 115VAC receptacle    818         SCOPE SETTINGS   g   Volts Div                      50V Div   Horizontal Sweep     5 ms Div   Coupling                               DC  Trigger                           Internal   91    P P        5 8             2   2  8   ali        a COMMANDER 500    LINC
179. ed in good condition       Always keep cylinders      an upright position securely    chained to an undercarriage or fixed support       Oylinders should be located       Away from areas where they may be struck or subjected to  physical damage           safe distance from arc welding or cutting operations and  any other source of heat  sparks  or flame       Never allow the electrode  electrode holder or any other    electrically  hot  parts to touch a cylinder       Keep your head and face away from the cylinder valve outlet    when opening the cylinder valve     Valve protection caps should always be in place and hand  tight except when the cylinder is in use or connected for  use       Read and follow the instructions on compressed gas    cylinders  associated equipment  and CGA publication          Precautions for Safe Handling of Compressed Gases in  Oylinders   available from the Compressed Gas Association  1235 Jefferson Davis Highway  Arlington  VA 22202     FOR ELECTRICALLY  powered equipment   8 a  Turn off input power using the disconnect    switch at the fuse box before working on  the equipment       Install equipment in accordance with the U S  National    Electrical Code  all local codes and the manufacturer s  recommendations       Ground the equipment in accordance with the U S  National    Electrical Code and the manufacturer s recommendations     Retum to Master           Retum to Master           Y      4  2              3    Retum to Master              
180. element changing  procedures     FIGURE D 3   SECONDARY FUEL FILTER        SECONDARY  FUEL FILTER    OIL  FILTER    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Return to Section         Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       D 6    D 6    MAINTENANCE    BLEEDING THE FUEL SYSTEM  In the event the  engine is operated until it runs out of fuel  you will need  to bleed the fuel system in order to start the engine   Refer to the engine operation manual     AIR FILTER        CAUTION    Excessive air filter restriction will  engine life     result in reduced    The air filter element is a dry cartridge type  It can be  cleaned and reused  However  damaged elements  should not be reused  Stop engine after 100 hours of  running time and clean filter element  Replace the fil   ter if necessary  Service the air cleaner regularly  according to your engine operation manual     1  Locate the air filter canister located behind the  engine door on the top of the engine     2  Remove the air filter element       Remove loose dirt from the element with com     pressed air or a water hose directed from inside out     Compressed Air  100 psi maximum with nozzles  at least one inch away from    the element     Water Hose  40 psi maximum without nozzle       Soak the element in a mild detergent solution for 15    minutes  Do not soak more than 24 hours  Swish  the element around 
181. ent flow  The drain terminal of the  IGBT may be connected to a voltage supply  but since  there is no conduction the circuit will not supply current  to components connected to the source  The circuit is  turned off like a light switch in the OFF position     POSITIVE  VOLTAGE                    GATE           SOURCE    BODY REGION          DRAIN DRIFT REGION        lt  BUFFER LAYER           lt     INJECTING LAYER    DRAIN  B  ACTIVE    Drawing B shows the IGBT in an active mode  When  the gate signal  a positive DC voltage relative to the  source  is applied to the gate terminal of the IGBT  it is  capable of conducting current  A voltage supply con   nected to the drain terminal will allow the IGBT to con   duct and supply current to circuit components coupled  to the source  Current will flow through the conducting  IGBT to downstream components as long as the posi   tive gate signal is present  This is similar to turning ON  a light switch     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Return to Section         Return to Master TOC    Return to Section TOC  Return to Master TOC                                   o         E      5  B            Return to Section         Return to Master TOC    Q                                        52       x  2                  THEORY      OPERATION    FIGURE E 6   TYPICAL IGBT OUTPUTS    MINIMUM OUTPUT    2 usec    48 u sec  50    sec     Dwell or      Time        MAXIMUM OUTPUT           48 u sec    PULSE WIDTH MODULATION    The term PULSE WIDTH
182. er Belt    2 e nne bes nib Er dnd ee    Rx          D 7  f Engine Maintenance                                  D 8    Engine Maintenance Parts    t snae                                      Ree Erbe dudes D 8  Battery Maintenariece   iie        are ed ae Pau          Ro rep aa eg D 9  Cleaning the                      2 4024   040000000                                          D 9  Checking Specific                                                                  D 9  Checking Electrolyte Level                                                                      D 9  Charging the Battery                      sssssssssssssssesseee            D 9     Welder Generator Maintenance                                 D 10  5 Ses D 10  g GIG ANIING                                               D 10  8                                  D 10  E Brush Removal and                                        D 10  ec aries D 10                         M                                     D 10  Cable  CONMOCHONS DE  D 10  Major Component                                                           D 11    Y     4  2  8      5  A    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8       Retum to Section           Retum to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Retum to Section TOC    Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC    g  4  2  8          3    Retum to Master              MAINTENANCE    SAFETY PRECAUTIONS       WARNING      Have qualified personnel do all maintenance and  troubleshooting work       Turn the
183. er TOC    ENGINE RPM    Mode No Load RPM Load RPM  Low Idle 1400   1450 NA       High Idle 1890   1910 1750   1890       WELDER DC  STICK  OUTPUT    Mode Selector Open Circuit  Switch Fine Control Voltage Load Volts Load Amps    30 575 Setting Maximum 75   80 39 5   42 0 575   585       Return to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC       PIPE MODES SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT   FINE CONTROL AT MAXIMUM     Selector Position Short Circuit Current  Amps        90 127   140  150 215   230  200 310   330  350 545   575  500 640   660       Retum to Master TOC    9          8  9      8       WELDER CV  WIRE  OUTPUT    Mode Selector Open Circuit  Switch Fine Control Voltage Load Volts Load Amps    CV   Wire Maximum 75   78 39   42 520   535       CV   Wire Maximum NA 48   49 20  CV   Wire Minimum 23   25 13   14 20       Retum to Section         Retum to Master TOC    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN          Retum to Section           Return to Section TOC    9          8  9      8       Retum to Section           Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       F 83 F 83    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    RETEST AFTER REPAIR  CONTINUED   TOUCH START TIG MODE OUTPUT    Mode Selector Open Circuit Short Circuit  Switch Fine Control Voltage Current              20   250A Maximum 14 0   15 8 25   27  TIG 20   250A Minimum 12 0   13 8 21   24       AUXILIARY POWER OUTPUT    230 Volt Receptacle 115 Volt Receptacles  Open Circuit Open Circuit  Voltage Load Volts Loa
184. eturn to Master TOC         m    1   2 0 07      2861   SEALANT    2   820590 1   HEAT SINK   490  005 518250 542 LUG  amp  LEAD ASSEMBLY     RESTRAINED     79    NOTES                                     CAUTION  THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY STATIC  ELECTRICITY  SEE E2454 BEFORE HANDLING   N C  THESE AREAS TO BE COVERED ON BOTH SIDES OF BOARD WITH  ig I SEALANT PRIOR TO ENCAPSULATION    105 N D  INJECT SEALANT ITE  5 THROUGH THE PC BOARD HOLES  CRIMP HEIGHT  10 HOLES  TO SEAL MODULE LEADS  CAVITY BETWEEN BOARD  AND MODULE TO BE COMPLETELY FILLED WITH TEM 5 SEALANT  MATERIAL AS PER APPROPRIATE MANUFACTURING WORK INSTRUCTIONS   COVER ALL MODULE LEADS THAT PROTRUDE FROM THE NON MODULE  EYELET DETAIL SIDE OF THE BOARD WITH       5 SEALANT   N E  FEMALE EYELET TO BE AGAINST THE OPPOSITE COMPONENT SIDE AS  SHOWN  EYELET MUST NOT SPIN AFTER CLINCHING     N F  SOLDER THAT SOLDER COVERS ENTIRE EYELET AND ALL  AROU    ON OPPOSITE COMPONENT SIDE ONLY  NO ICICLES OR  SOLDER BLOBS MITTED     MANUFACTURED AS  N G  DO NOT COVER OVER COMPONENT C5 WITH SEALANT   1315 180 PLACE SEALANT ALONG SIDE AND UNDER COMPONENTS          ELECTRONIC MODULES ON A COMMON        BOARD ASSEMBLY TO HAVE            IDENTIFICATION CODE VGE TH  WITHIN 5 SORT CODES  0 5VSPAN  FOR THE SAME VCE SAT  CODE  AND MANUFACTURING CODE     N J  THIS DIMENSION APPLIES TO TWO OF THE FOUR EYELETS         ELECTRONIC MODULES TO BE ASSEMBLED AND ENCAPSULATD PER E3875        ON HOLE SIZES PER E2056  WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS
185. f the electrode cable is on your right  Do not put your hands near the engine fan  Do not attempt to side  the work cable should also be on your right side   override the governor or idler by pushing on the throttle con   trol rods while the engine is running   d 4  Connect the work cable to the workpiece as close as  possible to the area being welded      To prevent accidentally starting gasoline engines while  turning the engine or welding generator during maintenance  d 5  Do not work next to welding power source   work  disconnect the spark plug wires  distributor cap or  magneto wire as appropriate        Retum to Master TOC    LINCOLN 8       Retum to Master           Retum to Master TOC    Y     4  2  8      5  3    Retum to Master              SAFETY    ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill     3 a  The electrode and work  or ground  circuits  are electrically  hot  when the welder is on   Do not touch these  hot  parts with your bare  skin or wet clothing  Wear dry  hole free  gloves to insulate hands     3 b  Insulate yourself from work and ground using dry insulation     Make certain the insulation is large enough to cover your full  area of physical contact with work and ground     In addition to the normal safety precautions  if welding  must be performed under electrically hazardous  conditions  in damp locations or while wearing wet  clothing  on metal structures such as floors  gratings or  scaffolds  when in cramped positions such as sitting   kneeling or lying  if there i
186. f the engine high idle speed is  low  perform the  Throttle Ad     justment Test     2  Perform the Rotor Resistance      Perform the  Flashing and  Rotor Voltage Test    f the rotor    voltage is low  the field capacitor  or field bridge may be faulty   Test and replace if necessary   See the Wiring Diagram       If the engine high idle RPM is  OK  then the engine may have  lost horsepower and be in need  of major repair           CAUTION    If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test repairs safely   contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed  Call    1 800 833 9353     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8  geri       7    7    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Observe Safety Guidelines  detailed in the beginning of this manual     PROBLEMS POSSIBLE AREAS OF RECOMMENDED   SYMPTOMS  MISADJUSTMENT S  COURSE OF ACTION    FUNCTION PROBLEMS    The machine control is still active   This is normal in TIG mode  1  Check Plug J10 on the Weld    when the remote control unit is    Control PC board for loose or    The remote control unit may be  attached  faulty connections     defective   2  The Weld Control PC board  may be faulty     Retum to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC      Check the Amphenol connec   tions and associated wiring        The machine seems locked into the   1  Check the position of the MODE   1  Check the MODE SELECTOR  CC mode of operatio
187. fectu  s par un   lectricien qualifi         Avant de faires des travaux    l interieur de poste  la    debrancher    l interrupteur    la boite de fusibles       Garder tous les couvercles et dispositifs de s  ret      leur    place        Mar   93      MASTER TABLE      CONTENTS FOR ALL SECTIONS      RETURN TO MAIN INDEX    Page  SANE ERE i iv  DEICUCUT                              Section A  RTT                                           Section B  Accessories                                         Section                                             222000                Section D  Theory of Operation               2         2  20 2124  441222          Section E    Troubleshooting and Repair    ette Section F  Electrical Diagrams           seetetnen entren Section G  Parts WAN AM ea ttti meii rau PO    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    V    Section    1 Section A 1    TABLE OF CONTENTS    INSTALLATION SECTION      8  i Metalai oN epo              cee cate cel ae         Section A  g TECHNICAL  Specifications    eet a a                        2  8 Safety PPE CAUN 6                                    MH A 3  E LOCAtION  Enn    3  4        x                                             M A 3                      3  Angle of Operation tists                       ai          A 3  Niro                A 4  High Altitude Operation                          1   000                               enne nennen                                    4  High Temperature Operation                  
188. first and connect  to the new battery last     e THE CORRECT POLARITY 15 NEGATIVE  GROUND   Damage to the engine alternator and the  printed circuit board can result from incorrect con   nection     SB   CONNECTING A BATTERY CHARGER    Remove the battery from the welder by  disconnecting the negative cable first   then the positive cable and battery  clamp  When reinstalling  connect the  negative cable last  Keep the area well  ventilated       USING A BOOSTER   Connect the positive lead to  the battery first  then connect the negative lead to the  engine foot         To prevent BATTERY BUCKLING  tighten the nuts  on the battery clamp until snug     CLEANING THE BATTERY  Keep the battery clean  by wiping it with a damp cloth when dirty  If the termi   nals appear corroded  disconnect the battery cables  and wash the terminals with an ammonia solution or a  solution of 1 4 pound  0 113 kg  of baking soda and 1  quart  0 946    of water  Be sure the battery vent plugs   if equipped  are tight so that none of the solution  enters the cells        After cleaning  flush the outside of the battery  the bat   tery compartment  and surrounding areas with clear  water  Coat the battery terminals lightly with petroleum  jelly or a non conductive grease to retard corrosion     Keep the battery clean and dry  Moisture accumulation  on the battery can lead to more rapid discharge and  early battery failure     CHECKING SPECIFIC GRAVITY  Check each battery  cell with a hydrometer  A fully
189. flowing through any conductor causes  ing to prevent spilled fuel from vaporizing on localized Electric and Magnetic Fields  EMF   Welding    contact with hot engine parts and igniting  Do current creates EMF fields around welding cables and  not spill fuel when filling tank  If fuel is spilled  welding machines    wipe it up and do not start engine until fumes    have been eliminated    EMF fields may interfere with some pacemakers  and    welders having a pacemaker should consult their physician      Keep all equipment safety guards  covers before welding     and devices in position and in good  repair Keep hands  hair  clothing and tools  away from V belts  gears  fans and all other  moving parts when starting  operating or  repairing equipment       Exposure to EMF fields in welding may have other health  effects which are now not known     Y     4  2  8                  All welders should use the following procedures in order to  minimize exposure to EMF fields from the welding circuit     1 6  In some cases it may be necessary to remove safety 2 d 1  Route the electrode and work cables together   Secure    guards to perform required maintenance  Remove them with tape when possible   guards only when necessary and replace them when the  maintenance requiring their removal is complete  2 d 2  Never coil the electrode lead around your body   Always use the greatest care when working near moving  parts  2 d 3  Do not place your body between the electrode and  work cables  I
190. form the  Output Panel                                the  Case Cover Replacement Procedures     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN       Return to Section           Retum to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Return to Section TOC    Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC    Y     4  2  8          3    Retum to Master              F 69    F 69    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    POWER MODULE  CHOPPER  PC BOARD DIODE  MODULE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT  CONTINUED     FIGURE F 31     DIODE MODULE MOUNTING DETAILS AND TIGHTENING SEQUENCE                                     12 18 IN LBS   SPRING WASHER              PLAIN WASHER      lt  lt   5 0 10 IN LBS  30 40 IN LBS     FINGER TIGHT    5 0  10 IN LBS                    OLO    9 JO                         DIODE MODULE REMOVAL  Refer to Figure F 31     1     Remove the Power Module PC board as  described above     Using the 7 16  wrench  remove the two  outer screws  spring washers  and large flat  washers from the diode module     Using the 9 64  allen wrench  remove the  set screw from the center of the diode  module     Remove the diode module from the heat  sink     DIODE MODULE REPLACEMENT  Refer to Figure F 31     A CAUTION    The proper tightening sequence is required to  mount the diode module to the heat sink in  order to avoid warping the base plate  Apply  the proper torque to all fasteners     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN         Be sure the heat sink mounting surface is    clean  dry  and free of grease       Apply a thi
191. gh ventilation   especially in confined areas  to insure breathing air is safe       Read and understand the manufacturer s instructions for this    equipment and the consumables to be used  including the  material safety data sheet  MSDS  and follow your  employer s safety practices  MSDS forms are available from  your welding distributor or from the manufacturer     Mar 95       Retum to Master        Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC        RUS WELDING SPARKS can           cause fire or explosion   6 a  Remove fire hazards from the welding area   If this is not possible  cover them to prevent  the welding sparks from starting a fire   Remember that welding sparks and hot  materials from welding can easily go through small cracks  and openings to adjacent areas  Avoid welding near  hydraulic lines  Have a fire extinguisher readily available       Where compressed gases are to be used at the job site     special precautions should be used to prevent hazardous  situations  Refer to    Safety in Welding and Cutting     ANSI  Standard 249 1  and the operating information for the  equipment being used       When not welding  make certain no part of the electrode    circuit is touching the work or ground  Accidental contact can  cause overheating and create a fire hazard       Do not heat  cut or weld tanks  drums or containers until the    proper steps have been taken to insure that such procedures  will not cause flammable or toxic vapors from subst
192. h to WIRE WELD   ING CV     6  Set the WELDING TERMINALS switch to WELD   ING TERMINALS ALWAYS ON     7  Set the VOLTMETER switch to         or         depend   ing on the polarity chosen     8  Adjust wire feed speed at the LN 25     9  Adjust the ARC CONTROL to the desired level    soft  or  crisp       FIGURE C 6  COMMANDER 500 LN 25 ACROSS THE ARC CONNECTION DIAGRAM    14 PIN  AMPHENOL       6 PIN  AMPHENOL                    TO WORK    OPTIONAL K444 1  REMOTE CONTROL    LN 25  WIRE FEEDER  WORK CLIP LEAD             TO WORK    NN ELECTRODE CABLE    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Section D 1 Section D 1    TABLE OF CONTENTS    MAINTENANCE SECTION      8  i Maintenance    eee ee              nS              EE sn  ep a Pe oD PEERS ae Section D  g Safety Precautionis       uae foster t a ea aaa a             D 2     Routine and Periodic                                                                                         D 2  E                eer ee ee eT ee ene D 2  ec WV GCI se                                               HR D 2                                      m D 2  Change  the  m cM D 2  Change the Oil Filter 6505                                                  D 3                                                         I D 3                                   D 4  5 Bleeding the Fuel                               D 6  5                                                         0 6  g Cooling                    eri dete et                 deaas D 7  8 Cooling  Blow
193. heck  the oil level  If necessary  add oil to bring the level  up to the    MAX    mark  but do not overfill  See  Figure D 1     FUEL  At the end of each day s use  refill the fuel tank  to minimize moisture condensation and dirt contamina   tion in the fuel line  Do not overfill  leave room for the  fuel to expand     Refer to your engine operation manual for recom   mended grade of fuel     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Return to Section           Return to Section TOC            8  9      8       Return to Section TOC    Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       MAINTENANCE    FUEL FILTERS     A WARNING     A    When working      the fuel system           Keep naked lights away  do not smoke        Do not spill fuel      The Commander 500 is equipped with a Fuel Pre   Filter Water Separator Assembly located before the  lift pump and al amp econdary Fuel Filterllocated after the  lift pump and before the fuel injectors  The Fuel Pre   Filter Water Separator is mounted to the engine block    just below the lift pump  Figure D 2   The Secondary  Fuel Filter is mounted directly to the engine just above    the oil filter  Figure D 3      Fuel Pre Filter Water Separator Assembly  The pre   filter is a 150 micron screen designed to protect against  gross fuel contamination of the water separator ele   ment and the Secondary Fuel Filter  If the pre filter  becomes plugged  it may be removed  inspected   cleaned and reinstalled  In ge
194. hnology   Controlling the switch in such a way as to produce  superior welding     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Section F 1 Section F 1    TABLE OF CONTENTS    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR SECTION          E  5 Troubleshooting  amp  Repair                                                                 Section F  E How to Use Troubleshooting Guide                       ssssssssneeeeenneeene nennen nnne F 2  9      Board Troubleshooting PIODSOHEBS  au sassie cirea ad viande aic adiri              F 3     Troubleshooting  Gulde                                                          4  2 Engine Starting Diagnostic Chart                   ssssssssssssssssssseesee enne F 13  Start Up and        Diagnostic Chart                           ennt nnns F 14  Test Procedures RT F 15  Case Cover Removal and Replacement                                                                              F 15  Case Front Knobs   Removal and Replacement Procedure                                                F 18  Power Module Capacitor Discharge Procedure                                         F 19     Idler Solenoid E ttes F 21     Shutdown Solenoid MI c                           Nea acces state ate          F 23  E Engine Throttle Adj ustment Test    nennen nennen enne F 25  9 Rotor Resistance Test            iiiter                   n Eiern ie enel          F 29  E Flashing and Rotor Voltage Test    F 31  c Stator Voltage Mr                                              34  Analog Power Supp
195. ically live parts at the  same time     Workstations    Reusable  Container         Tools which come in contact with the PC Board must  be either conductive  anti static or static dissipative       Remove the PC Board from the static shielding bag  and place it directly into the equipment  Don t set the  PC Board on or near paper  plastic or cloth which  could have a static charge  If the PC Board can t be  installed immediately  put it back in the static   shielding bag     e If the PC Board uses protective shorting jumpers   don   t remove them until installation is complete     e If  you return a PC Board to The Lincoln Electric  Company for credit  it must be in the static shielding  bag  This will prevent further damage and allow prop   er failure analysis     4  Test the machine to determine if the failure symp   tom has been corrected by the replacement PC  board     NOTE  Allow the machine to heat up so that all electri   cal components can reach their operating temperature     5  Remove the replacement PC board and substitute  it with the original PC board to recreate the original  problem     a   f the original problem does not reappear  by substituting the original board  then the  PC board was not the problem  Continue  to look for bad connections in the control  wiring harness  junction blocks  and termi   nal strips     b  If the original problem is recreated by the  substitution of the original board  then the  PC board was the problem  Reinstall the  replaceme
196. iety of  DC Tungsten Inert Gas  TIG  welding applications  In  general the  Touch Start  feature allows contamination   free starting without the use of a Hi Freq unit  But the  K930 1 or  2 TIG module or K799 Hi Freq unit can be  used with the Commander 500  The settings for these    follow the tungsten current range table   Table B 3     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Retum to Section           Return to Section TOC    5          8  9      8    Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC                B 10 B 10  OPERATION  TABLE           TYPICAL CURRENT RANGES  FOR TUNGSTEN ELECTRODES   Approximate Argon Gas Flow Rate  DCEN     DCEP                            Tungsten  Electrode 1   2  1   2  TIG TORCH  Diameter Thoriated Thoriated Nozzle  in   mm  Tungsten Tunsten Aluminum Stainless Steel Size    0 010   25  2 15    2 4     2 4   4   5   6  0 020    50  5 20 3 5 10  3 5  5 10  3 5   0 40  1 0  15 80    3 5   10  3 5   116  1 6  70 150 10 20 5 10  3 5  9 13  4 6   5   6  3 32  2 4  150 250 15 30 13 17  6 8  11 15  5 7   6   7   8  1 8  3 2  250 400 25 40 15 23  7 11    11 15  5 7   5 32  4 0  400 500 40 55 21 25  10 12    13 17  6 8   8   10  3 16  4 8  500 750 55 80 23 27  11 13    18 22  8 10   1 4  6 4  750 1000 80 125 28 32  13 15    23 27  11 13                             When used with argon gas  The current ranges shown must be reduced when using argon helium or pure helium shielding gases        Tu
197. in the solution to help remove  dirt       Rinse elements from inside out with a gentle stream    of water  less than 40 psi  to remove all suds and  dirt       Dry the element before reuse with warm air at less    than 160  F  71  C   Do not use a light bulb to dry  the element       Inspect for holes and tears by looking through the    element toward a bright light  Check for damaged  gaskets or dented metal parts  Do not reuse dam   aged elements  Protect the element from dust and  damage during drying and storage       Reinstall the air filter element     After six cleanings  replace the air filter  A cleaned  filter will have approximately 70  of the life of a  new filter element  A restricted filter element may  not appear excessively dirty     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Return to Section           Return to Section TOC    5          8  9            Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC    Y     4  2              3    Retum to Master              MAINTENANCE    COOLING SYSTEM  The cooling system of the Deutz  engine needs to be checked and cleaned periodically   Consult the engine Operation Manual for the proper  frequency and procedure     COOLING BLOWER BELT  The following procedure  should be followed to replace the cooling blower belt     1   2     Allow the machine to cool     Unfasten and slide the battery holder out from the  welder     3  Disconnect the negative battery cable     4  Remove the engine case side     5  Loosen th
198. incoln Electric Service Department for electrical trou   bleshooting assistance before you proceed  Call 1 800 833 9353  WELD      Q  JE   5 5 TEST DESCRIPTION  9 g This test will determine if the correct AC voltages are being generated from the stator  9 8 windings   AE       MATERIALS NEEDED  Volt Ohmmeter  3 8  wrench  3 4  Wrench       This procedure should take approximately 40 minutes to perform     Retum to Master TOC    5          8  9      8       Retum to Section         Retum to Master TOC    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN             35    35    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    STATOR VOLTAGE TEST  CONTINUED     FIGURE F 13   FRONT CONTROL PANEL REMOVAL    Return to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC    B      5      9  u  8     a             gig  FE          8   RE         2  818  TE         TEST PROCEDURE  1  Turn the engine off  4  Using the 3 8  wrench  remove the front left  2  Using the 3 8  wrench  remove the four and right side panels   screws holding the front control panel to the 5  Using the 3 4  wrench  remove the internal  case top and sides  See Figure F 13  leads from the output terminals  Insulate the   There are two screws on the top and one leads     Screw on each side      3  Carefully lower the front control panel     Return to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN             36    36    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    STATOR VOLTAGE TEST  CONTINUED     FIGURE F 14     OUTPUT PANEL REMOVAL    Retum to Secti
199. ing mode  Full power is available  regardless of the welding control settings  if no welding  current is being drawn     The auxiliary power of the Commander consists of two  20 Amp 120VAC  5 20R  duplex receptacles and one  50 Amp 120 240 VAC  14 50R  receptacle  The  120 240VAC receptacle can be split for single phase  120 VAC operation     The auxiliary power capacity is 12 000 watts of 60 Hz   single phase power  The auxiliary power capacity rating  in watts is equivalent to volt amperes at unity power  factor  The maximum permissible current of the 240  VAC output is 50 A  The 240 VAC output can be split to  provide two separate 120 VAC outputs with a maxi   mum permissible current of 50 A per output to two sep   arate 120 VAC branch circuits  Output voltage is within    10  at all loads up to rated capacity     NOTE  The 120 240V receptacle has two 120V out   puts of different phases and cannot be paralleled     The auxiliary power receptacles should only be used  with three wire grounded type plugs or approved dou   ble insulated tools with two wire plugs     The current rating of any plug used with the system  must be at least equal to the current capacity of the  associated receptacle     SIMULTANEOUS WELDING AND  AUXILIARY POWER LOADS    It must be noted that the above auxiliary power ratings  are with no welding load  Simultaneous welding and  power loads are specified in Table    4   The permissi   ble currents shown assume that current is being drawn  from either
200. itch to    AUTO        5  Set the RUN STOP switch to RUN  Observe that  all engine protection lights momentarily turn on   Some lights may turn off before starting  Check the  fuel gauge  K1639 2 only  to make sure that there  is an adequate fuel level     6  Press and hold the engine START button for a min   imum of two seconds     7  Release the engine START button when the engine  starts     8  Check that the indicator lights are off  If the LOW  FUEL light is on  K1639 2 only   the engine will shut  down 30 minutes after starting  If any other indica   tor light is on after starting  the engine will shut  down in a few seconds  Investigate any indicated  problem     9  Allow the engine to warm up at low idle speed for  several minutes before applying a load and or  switching to high idle  Allow a longer warm up time  in cold weather     COLD WEATHER STARTING    With a fully charged battery and the proper weight oil   the engine should start satisfactorily even down to  about O  F  If the engine must be frequently started  below 10  F  it may be desirable to install the optional  ether starter kit  K825 1   Installation and operating  instructions are included in the kit     STOPPING THE ENGINE    1  Switch the RUN STOP switch to STOP  This turns  off the voltage supplied to the shutdown solenoid  A  backup shutdown can be accomplished by shutting  off the fuel valve located on the fuel line     BREAK IN PERIOD    The engine used to supply power for your welder is a  heavy
201. ive harm    8 The Above For Diesel Engines The Above For Gasoline Engines   4    ARC WELDING can be hazardous  PROTECT YOURSELF AND OTHERS FROM POSSIBLE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH   KEEP CHILDREN AWAY  PACEMAKER WEARERS SHOULD CONSULT WITH THEIR DOCTOR BEFORE OPERATING     Read and understand the following safety highlights  For additional safety information  it is strongly recommended that you  purchase    copy of  Safety in Welding  amp  Cutting   ANSI Standard Z49 1  from the American Welding Society  P O  Box 351040   Miami  Florida 33135 or CSA Standard W117 2 1974  A Free copy of    Arc Welding Safety    booklet E205 is available from the  Lincoln Electric Company  22801 St  Clair Avenue  Cleveland  Ohio 44117 1199     BE SURE THAT ALL INSTALLATION  OPERATION  MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES ARE  PERFORMED ONLY BY QUALIFIED INDIVIDUALS                                      99 2  1          avoid scalding  do not remove the  radiator pressure cap when the engine is    powered equipment  AW 8  n    1     Turn the engine off before troubleshooting and maintenance  work unless the maintenance work requires it to be running         cm    1 b Operate engines in open  well ventilated  areas or vent the engine exhaust fumes  outdoors     Retum to Master TOC    ELECTRIC AND     3 MAGNETIC FIELDS  E    may be dangerous      Do not add the fuel near an open flame weld   ing arc or when the engine is running  Stop  the engine and allow it to cool before refuel  2 a  Electric current 
202. jure            Keep guards in place     Keep away from moving parts       Only qualified personnel should install   use or service this equipment     AX       COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Return to Section           Retum to Section TOC                8  9      8       Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       ACCESSORIES    CONNECTION OF THE LN 7 TO THE  COMMANDER 500 USING K867  UNIVERSAL ADAPTER  SEE FIGURE    1      1  Shut the welder off     2  Connect the electrode cable from the LN 7 to the          terminal of the welder  Connect the work cable  to the         terminal of the welder     NOTE  Welding cable must be sized for current and  duty cycle of application     NOTE  Figure C 1 shows the electrode connected for  positive polarity  To change polarity  shut the welder off  and reverse the electrode and work cables at the  Commander 500 output terminals     3  Connect the K867 Universal Adapter to the K291 or  K404 input cable and the 14 pin amphenol of the  Commander 500 as indicated in Figure C 1  Make  the proper connections for local or remote control  according to Figure C 1     4  Connect the K291 or K404 input cable to the LN 7   5  Place the IDLER switch in the HIGH position        CAUTION    Any increase of the high idle engine RPM by changing  the governor setting or overriding the throttle linkage  will cause an increase in the AC auxiliary voltage  If  this voltage goes over 140
203. ly PC Board Voltage                                                                            F 39  Output Rectifier Bridge                                                         F 42  Power  Module      5     222 220      ederet Lied tete Hanis          ERE Pe HE De Vea deere F 46  Charging                                                    50  Oscilloscope Waveforms    2       2   2004440   0                  52    Normal Open Circuit Voltage Waveform                          F 53  t Normal Weld Voltage Waveform  Stick                               54  E Normal Weld Voltage Waveform  Wire           nennen nennen F 55  9 Normal TIG Mode Voltage                                      56  E Normal Open Circuit Voltage Waveform  Wire CV                                                               F 57  2 Replacement  Procedures    ces ae csi tele eter E                   PNE ERR Ure auis F 58  Shutdown Solenoid Removal and Replacement                        sss F 58  Power Module  Output Rectifier Bridge Assembly Removal and Replacement                    F 61  Power Module  Chopper  PC Board  Diode Module Removal and Replacement                F 66  Output Rectifier Bridge Diode Removal and                                                                          F 70  Stator  Rotor Removal and                                             nennen F 73  Retest After           eiue dpi riti e ie e aod        dtd ee a Ae eL d ea OR dte Le rud dme F 82    Return to Master TOC    COM
204. m a properly  operating machine  Note that each  vertical division represents 10 volts  and that each horizontal division rep   resents 50 microseconds in time     The machine was loaded with a resis   tance grid bank to 200 amps at 16  VDC     Retum to Master TOC                8  9      8       SCOPE SETTINGS          Volts Div                      10V Div   Horizontal Sweep   50 ms Div   Coupling                               DC   gio Trigger                           Internal   PP        512             2   8 8          x     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN             57    57    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    NORMAL OPEN CIRCUIT VOLTAGE WAVEFORM  WIRE CV TAP   MAX CONTROL POT   HIGH IDLE     NO LOAD    Retum to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC             BEER EH      0 volts                                                    50V 5MS    Retum to Master TOC                    9  u  8     a    This is the typical DC open circuit  output voltage generated from a  properly operating machine  Note  that each vertical division represents  50 volts and that each horizontal                5 8 division represents 5 milliseconds              time        8   5 8 SCOPE SETTINGS   818 Volts Div                 50V Div    F E Horizontal Sweep     5 ms Div   Coupling                               DC   gc Trigger                          Internal   91                  5 8    E        2   8 8   IE        a COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN          Retum to Section           Retum to Section TOC    5 
205. m to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN          Return to Section           Retum to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       F 68    F 68    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    POWER MODULE  CHOPPER  PC BOARD DIODE  MODULE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT  CONTINUED     POWER MODULE PC BOARD  REPLACEMENT    1  Apply Penetrox A 13 joint compound   T12837 1  to the surface of the heat sink  where the Power Module PC board mounts     2  Install the top and bottom allen head cap  screws  Insert the bolts into the board  before mounting it  Torque the screws to 50   60 inch pounds     IMPORTANT  Each top cap screw has a copper  standoff on the opposite side of the board  Be  sure to place this standoff between the heat  sink and the PC board     3  Install the positive capacitor straps  flat  washers  lock washers  and nuts  Torque  the nuts to 50 60 inch pounds at the Power  Module PC board and at the capacitor termi   nals     4  Install the small diode leads and the heavy  leads  flat washers  lock washers  and nuts  to the Power Module PC board  Torque the  nuts to 50 60 inch pounds     5  Install plug and lead assembly P J50  right  side  or P J51  left side      6  Replace any cable ties cut at disassembly     See the procedures below for removal and  replacement of the Power Module PC board  diode module  When procedures are complete     per
206. minals  232M to  265   The normal resis   tance is approximately 0 4 ohms     Check the hold in coil resistance  smaller  terminals  224 to  262   Normal coil resis   tance is approximately 20 ohms     If either coil resistance is not correct  the  solenoid may be faulty  Replace       Using the external 12VDC supply  apply    12VDC to the larger shutdown solenoid ter   minals   232M  to  265    The solenoid  should activate     PULL IN COIL   LARGER TERMINALS     232M AND  265        HAND IN COIL           SMALLER TERMINALS  IDLER EACH SIDE    SOLENOID  224 AND  262        CAUTION    When the solenoid activates  remove the voltage  supply immediately  Do not leave the external  supply connected to terminals  232M and  265  for longer than three seconds  Component dam   age could result     The solenoid should deactivate when the  12VDC is removed     6  If the solenoid does not operate properly   check for a mechanical restriction in the link   age     7  Using the external 12VDC supply  apply  12VDC to the smaller idler solenoid terminals  for the hold in coil   262  to  224    Push in  the solenoid plunger  With 12 VDC applied to  the hold in coil  the plunger should stay in  until the 12 VDC is removed     8  If the linkage is intact and the solenoid does  not operate correctly when the 12VDC is  applied  the solenoid may be faulty  Replace     9  Replace harness leads to the correct termi   nals  See Figure F 6 and the Wiring Diagram   Replace any previously removed wire
207. mmander 500  employ a technology whereby a DC  source is turned on and off  chopped up  at high speed   then smoothed through an inductor to control an arc              Hence the name    Chopper     The biggest advantage of  chopper technology is the high speed control of the  arc  similar to the inverter machines  A block diagram  for this is as follows           INDUCTOR ARC                         EXTERNAL DC SOLID STATE  SOURCE SWITCH  ARC  CONTROL             In this system  the engine drives a three phase alter   nator  which generates power that is rectified and  filtered to produce about 85VDC     The current is  applied through a solid state switch to an inductor  By       AND DIODE                   turning the switch on and off  current in the inductor  and the arc can be controlled  The following diagram  depicts the current flow in the system when the switch  is open and closed s       70 80VDC             DIODE B      CURRENT WITH SWITCH OPEN                                                      221    CURRENT WITH SWITCH CLOSED    When the switch is closed  current is applied through  the inductor to the arc  When the switch opens  current  stored in the inductor sustains flow in the arc and  through the diode  The repetition rate of switch closure  is 20Khz  which allows ultra fast control of the arc  By    varying the ratio of on time versus off time of the switch   Duty Cycle   the current applied to the arc is con   trolled  This is the basis for Chopper Tec
208. moves up into the filter header  Now  rotate the element  it may take almost 1 full turn   with a slight upward pressure until the element  begins to further engage the header  With the prop   er orientation now established  apply additional  pressure to seat the element in the filter header   You should feel the element  pop  into place when  properly seated     5  Slide the quick change ring up over the element and  rotate counter clockwise until an audible click or  pop is heard  If you do not hear the click  you have  not rotated the ring far enough and the element is  not in the locked position  Another indication that  the ring is in the locked position is that one set  it  doesn t matter which one  of arrows located on the  outside of the ring should be located directly under  the air vent valve     6   Open the fuel shutoff valve  lever in line with the    NOTE  The element will only go on one way  Never use hose    excessive force when mounting the element to the    header  7   Open the air vent valve on the front of the filter    Retum to Section TOC                8  9      8    Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC    Y     4  2              3    Retum to Master              header until fuel emerges free of air bubbles  Then  close the air vent valve     Secondary Fuel Filter  The Secondary Fuel Filter is a  spin on cartridge type mounted directly to the engine   Consult your engine Operator   s Manual for complete  information on service intervals and 
209. n  Figure A 2     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Return to Section           Retum to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       A 8    1     A 8    INSTALLATION    Install the double pole  double throw switch  between the power company meter and the  premises disconnect     Switch rating must be the same or greater than the cus   tomer   s premises disconnect and service over current  protection     2     Take necessary steps to assure load is limited to  the capacity of the Commander by installing a 50  amp  240 VAC double pole circuit breaker   Maximum rated load for each leg of the 240 VAC  auxiliary is 50 amperes  Loading above the rated    able  10  of rated voltage  which may damage  appliances or other motor driven equipment and  may result in overheating of the Commander 500  engine     Install a 50 amp 120 240 VAC plug  NEMA Type  14 50  to the double pole circuit breaker using No   6  four conductor cable of the desired length   The  50 amp  120 240 VAC plug is available in the  optional K802R plug kit      Plug this cable into the 50 amp 120 240 volt recep   tacle on the Commander 500 case front     output will reduce output voltage below the allow     FIGURE A 2   CONNECTION OF THE COMMANDER 500 TO PREMISES WIRING    240 VOLT             GROUNDED CONDUCTOR  240 Volt POWER        120 VOLT a  60 Hz   3 Wire COMPANY                    METER       LOAD
210. n  Stick SELECTOR switch  It must be switch and associated leads   mode   in the correct position for the See the Wiring Diagram     process being used  2  The Weld Control PC board    Return to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC      Check that the jumper plug J3 is may be faulty   properly installed in the Weld  Control PC board   J3 has a  jumper wire from pin 1 to pin 5      Retum to Master TOC    5          8  9      8                   CAUTION    If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test repairs safely   contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed  Call  1 800 833 9353     Retum to Section         Retum to Master TOC    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN          F 8 F 8    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR  TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE    Observe Safety Guidelines  detailed in the beginning of this manual     PROBLEMS   SYMPTOMS     POSSIBLE AREAS OF  MISADJUSTMENT S     RECOMMENDED  COURSE OF ACTION    Retum to Section TOC    Retum to Master TOC    The wire feeder does not work  when connected to the welder  amphenol     FUNCTION PROBLEMS      Check the appropriate circuit    breaker  CB1 or CB6   Reset if  tripped       The wire feeder control cable    may be faulty     1     Check for the presence of  appropriate source voltage at  the 14 pin amphenol       If the appropriate voltage  42    VAC or 115 VAC  is NOT pre     sent at the 14 pin amphenol   check for loose or fault
211. n  even coat   1 to  25mm or  004    to  010 in  of Penetrox A13 thermal joint  compound  T12837 1  to the diode module  base plate only  under the plastic body of the  module  Do not apply compound to the area  under the mounting holes       Press the module firmly against the heat    sink  aligning the mounting holes       Place a spring washer then a flat washer    over each outer mounting screw and insert  them into the holes  Insert the allen head  screw into the center hole  Tighten all three  screws 2     3 turns each  finger tight only  1        Using the torque wrench and 7 16  socket     tighten each outer screw between 5 0 and  10 in Ibs  2        Using the torque wrench and 9 64  allen    head socket  tighten the center screw  between 12 and 18 in lbs  3        Now tighten the two outer screws between    30 and 40 in lbs  4        Replace the Power Module PC board as    described above     F 70 F 70    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    OUTPUT RECTIFIER BRIDGE DIODE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT       WARNING    Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel   Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician  or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty  For your safety and to avoid  electrical shock  please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this  manual     Retum to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC    If for any reason you do not understand the tes
212. n time     The machine was loaded with a  resistance grid bank to 500 amps at  40 volts     SCOPE SETTINGS       Volts Div                       20V Div   Horizontal Sweep  0 1 ms Div   Coupling                              DC       COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN           0 volts    Retum to Section           Return to Section TOC    9          8  9      8       Retum to Section                      to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       F 55    F 55    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    NORMAL WELD VOLTAGE WAVEFORM  WIRE CV   MACHINE LOADED TO 500 AMPS AT 40 VOLTS                                                             20V 0 1ms    This is the typical DC output voltage  generated from a properly operating  machine  Note that each vertical  division represents 20 volts and that  each horizontal division represents 5  milliseconds in time     The machine was loaded with a  resistance grid bank to 500 amps at  40 volts     SCOPE SETTINGS       Volts Div                      20V Div   Horizontal Sweep  0 1 ms Div   Coupling                               DC       COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN             0 volts       56 F 56    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    NORMAL TIG MODE VOLTAGE WAVEFORM  LOADED TO 200A 16 VOLTS    Retum to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC                0 volts          Return to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC                                           10V 50ms    This is the typical TIG MODE output  voltage generated fro
213. neral this only needs to  be done with each water separator element change   about every 1 000 hrs   However  if at any time exces   sive fuel contamination is suspected or a sudden fall   off in engine performance is detected the pre filter  screen should be inspected and cleaned  See Figure  D 2 and follow this procedure     1  Close the fuel shutoff valve located on the side of  the Fuel Pre Filter Water Separator Assembly  The  lever should be perpendicular to the hose    2  Unscrew the cap ring located on the top of the filter  header and remove the plastic center cap and O   ring     3  Remove the large white volume plug located direct   ly under the center cap in the upper cavity of the fil   ter header  Use a small screwdriver  or similar  device  to lift the plug part way out of the cavity to  assist with its removal     NOTE  Be careful not to damage the pre filter screen  with the tool used to remove the plug     4  Using a pair of pliers  gently tug on the pull tabs of  the pre filter screen in an alternating pattern     to  gradually remove the pre filter screen     5  Brush off any debris and rinse in diesel fuel     6  Re install the pre filter screen into the upper cavity of  the filter header making sure the four pull tabs are  pointing up  Putting your fingers on the pull tabs   push down evenly until the lower body of the pre fil   ter screen contacts the floor of the upper cavity     7  Re insert the large white volume plug into the  upper cavity     8  Pl
214. ngsten electrodes are classified as follows by the American Welding Society  AWS      Pure EWP  1  Thoriated EWTh 1  2  Thoriated EWTh 2    Though not yet recognized by the AWS  Ceriated Tungsten is now widely accepted as a substitute for 2  Thoriated Tungsten in AC and DC    applications   3DCEP is not commonly used in these sizes             torch nozzle  sizes         in multiples of 1 16ths of an inch       4   1 4 in   6 mm    5 5 16in   8mm     6   3 8 in   10 mm      7   7 16 in   11 mm    8   1 2 in   12 5 mm    10   5 8 in   16 mm     STIG torch nozzles are typically made from alumina ceramic  Special applications may require lava nozzles  which are less prone to break     age  but cannot withstand high temperatures and high duty cycles     COMMANDER 500 SETTINGS WHEN USING THE  K799 HI FREQ UNIT      Set the WELD MODE switch to the 20 250 setting   TIG        Set the IDLER switch to the HIGH position       Set the WELDING TERMINALS switch to the WELD  TERMINALS ON position  This will close the solid  state contactor and provide an always  hot  electrode     NOTE  This is necessary because the K799 circuitry  with respect to the  2 and  4 leads does not provide  the proper signal to open and close the solid state con   tactor in the Commander 500     COMMANDER 500 SETTINGS WHEN USING THE  K930 1 TIG MODULE      Set the WELD MODE switch to the 20 250 setting   TIG        Set the IDLER switch to the AUTO position       Set the WELDING TERMINALS switch to the  REMOTELY 
215. nsufficient  greasing     When greasing the bearings  keep all dirt out of the  area  Wipe the fittings completely clean and use clean  equipment  More bearing failures are caused by dirt  introduced during greasing than from insufficient  grease     RECEPTACLES  Keep the electrical receptacles in  good condition  Remove any dirt  oil  or other debris  from their surfaces and holes     CABLE CONNECTIONS  Check the welding cable  connections at the weld output terminals often  Be  sure that the connections are always tight     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Retum to Section           Return to Section TOC                8  9      8       Retum to Section TOC    Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       DNAN    MAINTENANCE    FIGURE D 5   MAJOR COMPONENT LOCATIONS      CASE DOOR ASSEMBLY     ENGINE     SHUT DOWN SOLENOID     IDLER SOLENOID     REAR PANEL ASSEMBLY    BASE                                 FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY WITH OUTPUT PANEL    CONTROL PANEL     OUTPUT RECTIFIER BRIDGE ASSEMBLY   10  FUEL TANK   11  ROTOR STATOR   12  CASE TOP AND SIDES    ooN    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Section E 1 Section E 1    TABLE OF CONTENTS    THEORY OF OPERATION SECTION      8   i General Description LL                                                                     2   g Battery  Starter  Engine  Rotor  Stator  Pull Coil Board and Peripheral   8 Board     Engine ProtectOn                 E 2      Weld Windings  Rectifier  Power Mod
216. nt PC board and test the  machine     6  Always indicate that this procedure was followed  when warranty reports are to be submitted     NOTE  Following this procedure and writing on the  warranty report     INSTALLED AND SWITCHED PC  BOARDS TO VERIFY PROBLEM     will help avoid  denial of legitimate PC board warranty claims     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Retum to Section           Return to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Retum to Section TOC    Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       F 4    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    Observe Safety Guidelines    detailed in the beginning of this manual     PROBLEMS   SYMPTOMS     Major physical or electrical damage  is evident     POSSIBLE AREAS       MISADJUSTMENT S     OUTPUT PROBLEMS      Contact your  Authorized  Facility     Lincoln  Service    local  Field    TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE    RECOMMENDED  COURSE OF ACTION    1  Contact the Lincoln Electric  Service Department at 1 800   833 9353  WELD        No welding output in neither Stick  or CV modes  The engine operates  normally  The auxiliary output is  normal          Place the Welding Terminals  Switch in the  ALWAYS ON   position  If the problem is  solved  the fault may be in the  external control cable  if used    leads  2 and  4  See the  Wiring Diagram       With the engine at high idle   1900RPM   the machine in the  Stick mode and the OUTPUT  CONTROL at maximum  check  for the presence of approxi   mately 87V
217. o Master TOC    All welder and engine controls are located on the case  front panel  Refer to Figure B 1 and the explanations  that follow     Q   PP   HE   3 g FIGURE B 1     CASE FRONT PANEL CONTROLS  8 8   JE        8 3 o Y                       s     9   b   3      z4                   CY GY         j          J               OL             7 WY                         1r  SB      HE  8 8  E        cic                   Return to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8       Return to Section           Return to Section TOC            8  9      8       Return to Section TOC    Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       OPERATION    ENGINE CONTROLS  Items 1 through 8     1  RUN STOP    SWITCH    When placed in the RUN position  this switch energizes  the fuel solenoid and other electric accessories  When  placed in the STOP position  the flow of fuel to the  injection pump is stopped to shut down the engine     NOTE  If the switch is left in the RUN position and the  engine is not running  the fuel solenoid will be engaged  for 15 seconds and then shut down  This is to protect  the battery from discharge  After 15 seconds  the  RUN STOP switch must be toggled off then on before  starting     2  START PUSHBUTTON C    Energizes the starter motor to crank the engine  With  the engine RUN STOP switch in the RUN position   push and hold the Start button to crank the engine   release as the engine starts  The S
218. of the battery charger manufac   turer for proper charger settings and charging time     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Return to Section           Retum to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Return to Section TOC    Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       MAINTENANCE    WELDER GENERATOR  MAINTENANCE    STORAGE  Store the Commander 500 in clean  dry   protected areas     CLEANING  Blow out the generator and controls peri   odically with low pressure air  Do this at least once a  week in particularly dirty areas     NAMEPLATES  Whenever routine maintenance is  performed on this machine   or at least yearly   inspect  all nameplates and labels for legibility  Replace those  which are no longer clear  Refer to the parts list for the  replacement item number     BRUSH REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT  It is normal  for the brushes and slip rings to wear and darken slight   ly  Inspect the brushes when a generator overhaul is  necessary        WARNING    Do not attempt to polish slip rings while the engine is  running     BEARINGS  The Commander 500 is equipped with  double shielded ball bearings having sufficient grease  to last indefinitely under normal service  Where the  welder is used constantly or in excessively dirty loca   tions  it may be necessary to add one half ounce of  grease per year  A pad of grease one inch wide  one  inch long  and one inch high weighs approximately one  half ounce  Over greasing is far worse than i
219. on       Make sure the welding cables  and auxiliary power lead con   nections are tight       The Weld Control PC board  may be faulty       The current sensing toroid may  be faulty        The machine goes to low idle but  does not stay at low idle          Make sure there is NOT an  external load  auxiliary or weld   connected to the Commander  500          The idler solenoid linkage may  be misadjusted or damaged       The idler solenoid lead connec   tions may be loose or damaged   See the Wiring Diagram       Perform the   dler Solenoid      The Weld Control PC board  may be faulty           CAUTION    If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test repairs safely   contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed  Call    1 800 833 9353     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN                 Retum to Section           Return to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Retum to Section           Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       F 12    F 12    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    Observe Safety Guidelines    detailed in the beginning of this manual     PROBLEMS   SYMPTOMS     The welding arc is  cold   The  engine runs normally  The auxiliary  power is normal        POSSIBLE AREAS OF  MISADJUSTMENT S     WELDING PROBLEMS      Check for loose or faulty con   nections at the weld output ter   minals and welding cable con   ne
220. on TOC  Retum to Master TOC        OUTPUT LEADS   BEHIND PANEL     OUTPUT PANEL       Retum to Master TOC    B          0      9  u  8  E  a             8         il       2 6  Using the 3 8  wrench  remove the three control box  on the bottom at each side of   g 8 screws holding the lower front panel  output the box  See Figure F 14  Carefully move     panel  to the case front assembly  Then the lower front panel to the right side  Note    remove the front two screws holding the top the green ground lead will still be attached    X    of the panel  These are accessed in the    Retum to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN             37    37    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    STATOR VOLTAGE TEST  CONTINUED     FIGURE F 15     AUXILIARY LEAD TEST LOCATION    Return to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC       AUXILIARY  LEADS  5B   5E    8   9   11   12     BEHIND PANEL        s 3  Iw       Retum to Master TOC    B          0      9  u  8  E  a    gig   8    5 5 AUXILIARY POWER AND WELD   y g WINDINGS TEST        818 1  Start the engine and run at high idle  1900 3  Check for 230 to 264VAC at leads  11 to  E RPM        not load welding or auxiliary 312  See Figure F 15 and the Wiring   F                                 cic    2  Check for 115 132VAC at leads  9 to  5B   Also check for 115 132VAC from leads  8 to   5E  See Figure F 15 and the Wiring  Diagram     Retum to Section         Retum to Master TOC    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN          F 38 F 38   
221. oting assistance before you proceed  Call 1 800 833 9353  WELD      DESCRIPTION    This procedure will aid the technician in the removal and replacement of the power mod   ule output rectifier bridge assembly  Once the assembly is removed  the power module  PC boards and output rectifier bridge diodes can be accessed for removal and replace   ment     MATERIALS NEEDED    3 8  Wrench   7 16  Wrench or socket wrench  1 2  Wrench   Phillips head screw driver    This procedure should take approximately 80 minutes to perform        COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN       F 61    Return to Section           Return to Section TOC    5          8  9            Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC    Y     4  2              3    Retum to Master              F 62    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    POWER MODULE OUTPUT RECTIFIER BRIDGE ASSEMBLY    REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT  CONTINUED     F 27   CONTROL PANEL REMOVAL    PROCEDURE      Turn the engine off       Using the 3 8  wrench  remove the screws    holding the front control panel to the case  top and sides  See Figure F 27   There are  two screws on the top and one screw on  each side      3  Carefully lower the front control panel     4  Using the 3 8  wrench  remove the front left    and right side panels     6     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN            Perform the  Output Panel Removal section    of the  Case Cover Removal procedure     Perform the  Power Module Capacitor  Discharge Procedure       Optional  Wi
222. parts        e Stop engine and allow to cool before  fueling       Do not smoke when fueling     Fill fuel tank at a moderate rate and do not overfill       Wipe up spilled fuel and allow fumes to clear before  starting engine       Keep sparks and flame away from tank     OIL    The Commander is shipped with the engine crankcase  filled with high quality SAE 10W 30 oil  API class CD  or better   Check the oil level before starting the  engine  If it is not up to the full mark on the dip stick   add oil as required  Check the oil level every four  hours of running time during the first 35 running hours   Refer to the engine Operator s Manual for specific oil  recommendations and break in information  The oil  change interval is dependent on the quality of the oil  and the operating environment  Refer to the engine  Operator s Manual for the proper service and mainte   nance intervals     FUEL  NOTE  USE DIESEL FUEL ONLY     Fill the fuel tank with clean  fresh diesel fuel  The  capacity of the fuel tank is 25 gallons  94 6 liters   See  the engine Operator s Manual for specific fuel recom   mendations  The Commander 500 Deluxe is protected  by a low fuel shutdown to prevent the engine from run   ning out of fuel  The machine will indicate a low fuel  condition by turning on the low fuel light  A time of 30  minutes will elapse once the low fuel light illuminates  before the machine will shutdown     restart of the  machine will restart the timer to allow the operator to  over
223. r  cooling air flow     GENERAL DESCRIPTION    The Commander 500 is a diesel engine driven welding  power source  The machine uses a brush type alter   nating current generator for DC multi purpose welding  and for 120 240 VAC auxiliary standby power  The    welding control system uses state of the art  Technology     The generator has a single sealed bearing for mainte   nance free service  The rotor is a copper wound design  with two slip rings and brushes  The stator is wound  entirely with heavy gauge copper wire and insulated  with NEMA class F insulation material  The stator is  then impregnated with three layers of high quality var   nish  After the stator is assembled using tie bars  the  entire assembly is covered with an environmentally  protective coating  These measures insure trouble free  operation in the harshest environments     The fuel tank is made from high density polyethylene  and holds 25 gallons  94 6 liters  of diesel fuel  This  will provide enough fuel to run for more than 12 hours  at full load     The Deutz F3L 912 engine is equipped with a stan   dard  heavy duty  combination fuel filter water separa   tor element     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Return to Section           Return to Section TOC    5          8  9      8    Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC    Y     4  2              3    Retum to Master TOC       OPERATION    RECOMMENDED APPLICATIONS    WELDER    The Commander 500 provides excellent constant 
224. r approximately 15 seconds     8  HOUR METER    The hour meter displays the total time that the engine  has been running  This meter is a useful indicator for  scheduling preventive maintenance     WELDER CONTROLS  Items 9 through 13      9       WELD MODE  amp       OUTPUT CONTROL    These two controls allow you to select between various  welding output slopes and adjust the desired welding  output  Refer to Table B 1 for a description of how  these two controls work     10  DIGITAL OUTPUT METERS    The digital output meters are located in the center of  the control panel between the two large control knobs   The meters allow the output current level to be set prior  to welding in stick mode  and voltage level to be set  prior to welding in the wire modes  During the welding  process the meters display the actual output current  and voltage  within  5  accuracy     The digital meters allow the output voltage  CV WIRE  mode  or current  CC STICK  PIPE and TIG modes  to  be set prior to welding using the OUTPUT control dial   During welding  the meters display the actual output  voltage  VOLTS  and current  AMPS   A memory fea   ture holds the display of both meters on for seven sec   onds after the welding is stopped  This allows the oper   ator to read the actual current and voltage just prior to  when welding was ceased  While the display is being  held the left most decimal point in each display will be  flashing  The accuracy of the meters is     3      11  WELDING TERMIN
225. r fuel line  Pull it    through the firewall       Using the 9 16  deep socket wrench     remove the four lock nuts  washers  and rub   ber washers from the fuel tank mounting U   bolts       Carefully remove the U bolts and lift the fuel    tank from the machine     Return to Section           Return to Section TOC    5          8  9            Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC    Y     4  2              3    Retum to Master                                                                       75    75  TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR  STATOR ROTOR REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT  CONTINUED   FIGURE F 34     PLUG J52 FILTER CAPACITOR FIELD RECTIFIER BRIDGE DISCONNECTION  PLUG P J52        E F  2000  Swe   IR  gt      ESS 2222  27   c  5P     e   201 6F   201A  FILTER FIELD DIODE  CAPACITOR RECTIFIER BRIDGE    Refer to Figure F 34 for Steps 10 12     10  Disconnect plug J52 at the right front side   See Figure F 34     11  Using the slot head screw driver  discon   nect leads  200C   200E    and  201D     from the filter capacitor     12  Label and remove leads  5P   201 and   201A   200D  and  6F from the field  diode rectifier bridge     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN       F 76 F 76    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    STATOR ROTOR REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT  CONTINUED     FIGURE F 35   BRUSH HOLDER AND LEAD REMOVAL    Return to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC    Refer to Figure F 35 for Steps 13 15     13  Using the 3 8  wrench  remove the brush holder  ac
226. rd  The standard muffler included with this welder  does not qualify as a spark arrester  When required by  local regulations  a suitable spark arrester must be  installed and properly maintained     A CAUTION    An incorrect arrester may lead to damage to the engine  or adversely affect performance     HIGH FREQUENCY GENERATORS  FOR TIG APPLICATIONS    The K799 Hi Freq Unit and the K930 1 or 2 TIG  Module are suitable for use with the Commander 500   The Commander 500 is equipped with the required  R F  bypass circuitry for the connection of high fre   quency generating equipment  The high frequency  bypass network supplied with the K799 Hi Freq Unit  does NOT need to be installed into the Commander  500     The Commander 500 and any high frequency generat   ing equipment must be properly grounded  See the  K799 Hi Freq Unit and the K930 1 or 2 TIG Module  operating manuals for complete instructions on instal   lation  operation  and maintenance     ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS    REMOTE CONTROL    The Commander 500 is equipped with a 6 pin and a  14 pin connector  The 6 pin connector is for connecting  the K857 or K857 1 Remote Control  optional  or  in the  case of TIG welding applications  with the foot or hand  Amptrol  K870 or K963 1 respectively      The 14 pin connector is used to directly connect a wire  feeder or TIG Module  K930 1 or 2  control cable     NOTE  When using the 14 pin connector  if the wire  feeder has a built in power source output control  do  not connect
227. re running out of  fuel  K1639 2 only      Engine hour meter standard on all models   Extended range 25 gallon  94 6 1  fuel tank     Automatic idler reduces engine speed when not  welding or drawing auxiliary power  This feature  reduces fuel consumption and extends engine life     Compact size fits crosswise in full size pickup truck     Single side engine service     Copper alternator windings and high temperature  insulation for dependability and long life     New paint system on case and base for outstanding  corrosion protection     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8                            1639 1 COMMANDER 500 STANDARD MODEL WELDING CAPABILITY             K1639 1 is the standard version of the        Commander 500 is rated at 500 amps  40 VDC at  Commander 500 and has all the features of the 100  duty cycle and 575 amps  36 VDC at 50  duty  K1639 2 Deluxe version except that there are no     cycle  The maximum open circuit voltage at 1900 RPM    gauges  low fuel light  nor dual output meters  This 5 80 volts  The weld current is variable from 30 to 575  version does have fully functional engine protection amps     for low oil pressure  high oil temperature  and alter   nator output with associated lights       A field installed Dual Output Meter and Gauge Kit CONTROLS AND SETTINGS   K 1768 1  is available for the K1639 1 Commander  500 The kit includes dual output meters  oil pressure  gauge  oil temperature gage  and alternator amme   ter     Return to Section TOC  Retum t
228. ride this feature  The amount of reserve fuel  remaining in the tank after the first shutdown will vary  from machine to machine  The operator must deter   mine the amount of fuel remaining before restarting the  machine  Running out of fuel may require bleeding the  fuel injection pump     NOTE  Before starting the engine  open the fuel shut   off valve  pointer to be in line with hose      FUEL CAP    Remove the plastic cap covering from the fuel tank filler  neck and install the fuel cap     ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM    The Deutz engine is air cooled by a belt driven axial  blower  The oil cooler and engine cooling fins should  be blown out with compressed air or steam to maintain  proper cooling   See the engine Operator s Manual for  procedures and frequency      BATTERY CONNECTION       WARNING    Wwe  GASES FROM BATTERY can explode   Ww   Keep sparks  flame and cigarettes away    from battery     To prevent EXPLOSION when       INSTALLING A NEW BATTERY     disconnect nega   tive cable from old battery first and connect to new  battery last       CONNECTING A BATTERY CHARGER     remove  battery from welder by disconnecting negative cable  first  then positive cable and battery clamp  When  reinstalling  connect negative cable last  Keep well  ventilated       USING    BOOSTER    connect positive lead to  battery first then connect negative lead to  negative battery lead at engine foot       4 BATTERY ACID can burn eyes and skin       Wear gloves and eye protection and be  c
229. s a high risk of unavoidable or  accidental contact with the workpiece or ground  use  the following equipment      Semiautomatic DC Constant Voltage  Wire  Welder      DC Manual  Stick  Welder      AC Welder with Reduced Voltage Control       In semiautomatic or automatic wire welding  the electrode     electrode reel  welding head  nozzle or semiautomatic  welding gun are also electrically  hot        Always be sure the work cable makes a good electrical    connection with the metal being welded  The connection  should be as close as possible to the area being welded       Ground the work or metal to be welded to a good electrical   earth  ground     Maintain the electrode holder  work clamp  welding cable and  welding machine in good  safe operating condition  Replace  damaged insulation       Never dip the electrode in water for cooling       Never simultaneously touch electrically  hot  parts of    electrode holders connected to two welders because voltage  between the two can be the total of the open circuit voltage  of both welders     When working above floor level  use a safety belt to protect  yourself from a fall should you get a shock     Also see Items 6 c  and 8     LINCOLN 8      Also see item 1 b     ARC RAYS can burn     4 a  Use a shield with the proper filter and cover    Z plates to protect your eyes from sparks and    the rays of the arc when welding or observing  open arc welding  Headshield and filter lens  should conform to ANSI 287    standards       
230. sing the 3 8  wrench  remove the two bolts  and flat washers holding the bearing in    place   9  Remove the stator from the engine  It may    be necessary to pry and slide it free     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN       Return to Section           Retum to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Return to Section TOC               to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       F 80    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    STATOR ROTOR REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT  CONTINUED     FIGURE F 40   ROTOR REMOVAL       FLEX PLATE    ROTOR    ROTOR REMOVAL PROCEDURE    Refer to Figure F 40 for rotor removal   1  Support the rotor with the hoist     2  Using the 5 8  wrench  remove the flex plate  bolts  lock washers  and four blower seg   ments        WARNING    The rotor will be free to fall when the bolts are  removed     3  Using the hoist  carefully remove the rotor  and flex plate assembly     REASSEMBLY NOTES    Reassemble the rotor and stator to the  Commander 500 by carefully retracing the dis   assembly procedure steps in reverse order   Keep the following special points in mind as you  proceed  Lead Reconnection Checklists are  provided here as an aid to reassembly     BLOWER  SEGMENT  4     INSTALL ROTOR  Support the rotor with the  hoist  Install the blower segments and flex plate  to the engine flywheel     INSTALL STATOR  Be sure the engine is  blocked securely and the stator is supported  with the hoist  Install the stator to the engine  with th
231. sing the analog ohmmeter  connect the 11  Reconnect all leads previously removed   negative meter probe to the terminal            42 Torque the capacitor nuts to 50 60 inch   diode module  See Figure F 23  Connect pounds   the positive meter probe to the heat sink  E  The resistance should be very high  over 13  If finished testing  perform the    50 000 ohms   Replacement procedure     10  Using the analog ohmmeter  connect the  positive meter probe to the terminal on the  diode module  Connect the negative meter  probe to the heat sink  The resistance  should be low  approximately 300 ohms    Also check diode D3  right side  or D4  left  side  for an open or shorted condition  See  the Wiring Diagram     1r  SB            8 8  E        cic    Return to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN          F 50 F 50    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    CHARGING CIRCUIT TEST       WARNING    Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel   Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician  or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty  For your safety and to avoid  electrical shock  please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this  manual     Retum to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC    If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the  test repairs safely  contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department
232. stalled 115 volt duplex receptacle  Two kits are  required     K899 1 SPARK ARRESTER KIT   Easily mounts to  standard muffler     K1816 1 FULL KVA ADAPTER KIT   Plugs into the  120 240V NEMA 14 50R receptacle on the case front   which accepts 4 prong plugs  and converts it to a  NEMA 6 50R receptacle  which accepts 3 prong  plugs      K1768 1 DUAL OUTPUT METERS AND GAUGES    Dual output meters provide preset ability of voltage for  wire welding and current for stick welding  Measures  both current and voltage when welding  Gauges  include battery ammeter  engine temperature  and  engine oil pressure  Fuel gauge is not available in kit  form     STICK WELDING ACCESSORIES    K704 Accessory Kit  which includes     Electrode holder and cable     Ground clamp and cable     Headshield     K857 Remote Control Kit is optional for remote cur   rent control     TIG WELDING ACCESSORIES      Magnum TIG Torch     Magnum Parts Kit and Argon gas     K930 ALL TIG Module  not required for  scratch start DC TIG welding      K936 1 Control Cable     K870 Foot Amptrol    Also available       K963 1  2 Hand Amptrol     K814 Arc Start Switch     K937 22 Control Cable Extension    K937 45 Control Cable Extension    K844 1 Water Valve    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Retum to Section           Retum to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Retum to Section           Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       C 3    C 3    ACCESSORIES    SEMIAUTOMAT
233. t aussi au pistolet de  soudage     Dans le cas de travail au dessus du niveau du sol  se pro   t  ger contre les chutes dans le cas ou on recoit un choc  Ne    Toujours porter des lunettes de s  curit   dans la zone de  soudage  Utiliser des lunettes avec   crans lateraux dans les  zones o   l on pique le laitier     Eloigner les mat  riaux inflammables ou les recouvrir afin de  pr  venir tout risque d incendie d   aux   tincelles       Quand on ne soude pas  poser la pince    une endroit isol      de la masse  Un court circuit accidental peut provoquer un    chauffement et un risque d incendie       S assurer que la masse est connect  e le plus pr  s possible    de la zone de travail qu il est pratique de le faire  Si on place  la masse sur la charpente de la construction ou d autres  endroits   loign  s de la zone de travail  on augmente le risque  de voir passer le courant de soudage par les chaines de lev   age  c  bles de grue  ou autres circuits  Cela peut provoquer  des risques d incendie ou d echauffement des chaines et des  c  bles jusqu    ce qu ils se rompent       Assurer une ventilation suffisante dans la zone de soudage     Ceci est particuli  rement important pour le soudage de t  les  galvanis  es plomb  es  ou cadmi  es ou tout autre m  tal qui  produit des fume  s toxiques     Ne pas souder en pr  sence de vapeurs de chlore provenant  d op  rations de d  graissage  nettoyage ou pistolage  La  chaleur ou les rayons de l arc peuvent r  agir avec les  vapeurs 
234. t procedures or are unable to perform the  test repairs safely  contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical trou   bleshooting assistance before you proceed  Call 1 800 833 9353  WELD      DESCRIPTION    The following procedure will aid the technician in removing and replacing stud type diodes  to the aluminum heat sinks on the Commander 500     Retum to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC    MATERIALS NEEDED    7 16  Wrench   1 2    Wrench   1  Open end wrench   Penetrox A13 joint compound  T12837 1   2 gm  tube  Loctite 271    Slip  type torque wrench   E2827 2 abrasive disc or fine steel wool    This procedure should take approximately 25 minutes to perform        Retum to Master TOC                8  9      8       Retum to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN          Return to Section           Return to Section TOC    5          8  9      8    Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC    Y     4  2              3    Retum to Master              F 71    F 71    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    OUTPUT RECTIFIER BRIDGE DIODE REMOVAL AND  REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT  CONTINUED     FIGURE F 32   POWER MODULE OUTPUT RECTIFIER BRIDGE ASSEMBLY DETAILS             PROCEDURE  Refer to Figure F 32     1   2     3     Turn the engine off     Perform the  Output Panel Removal  as    described      the  Case Cover Removal  pro     cedure     Perform the  Power Module Capacitor   Discharge  procedure     Using the 7 16  
235. tart button must be  depressed for a minimum of two seconds  Do not  press it while the engine is running  since this can  cause damage to the ring gear and or starter motor     3  FUEL LEVEL GAUGE AND LIGHT g     K1639 2 only    Displays the level of diesel fuel in the  25 gallon  94 6 liter  fuel tank  The yellow light turns on  when the fuel gage reaches the reserve level  Once the  reserve level is reached  the engine protection system  will shut down the engine after 30 minutes of operation   The machine can be restarted and operated for an  additional 30 minutes before the protection system will  shut down the engine  This ability to override the  engine protection allows the operator to  finish up  if  necessary  The operator must watch the fuel level  closely to prevent running out of fuel and having to  bleed the system     4  ENGINE TEMPERATURE GAUGE  K1639 2  Std   K1639 1 Opt   AND LIGHT    The gauge displays the engine oil temperature  The  yellow temperature light remains off under normal  operating temperatures  If the light turns on  the engine  protection system will shut down the engine  Check for  restrictions at the engine cooling air inlets and outlets    Consult the engine Operator s Manual   Check for  loose or disconnected leads at the temperature sender  located on the engine  Check the engine cooling blow   er belt  Also  check to be sure that the welder loads are  within the rating of the welder  The light will remain on  when the engine has been sh
236. tarter  solenoid may be faulty       The engine may be hard to  crank due to a mechanical fail   ure in the engine       See the Engine Starting Diag   nostic Chart        The engine cranks but will not start          Check for adequate fuel supply     Make sure the fuel shut off valve  is in the open position       The engine oil temperature may  be too high  Check cooling sys   tem       The battery voltage may be too  low          The shutdown solenoid may be  faulty  Perform the  Shutdown  Solenoid Test       The Peripheral PC board may  be faulty  With the RUN STOP  switch in the  RUN  position  the  Peripheral PC board should nor   mally supply 10VDC to the shut   down solenoid via leads  224  and  262  See the Wiring  Diagram       The Pull Coil PC board may be  faulty       The engine may be in need of  mechanical repair       See the  Engine Starting Diag   snostic Chart           CAUTION    If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test repairs safely   contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed  Call    1 800 833 9353     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN       Retum to Section           Return to Section TOC                8  9      8       Retum to Section TOC    Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       F 10    F 10    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    Observe Safety Guidelines    detailed in the beginning of this m
237. th the 7 16  wrench  remove the    ground wire from the output panel assembly   If the ground wire is not in the way  it can  remain attached     Return to Section           Return to Section TOC    5          8  9      8    Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC    Y     4  2              3    Retum to Master              F 63    F 63    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    POWER MODULE OUTPUT RECTIFIER BRIDGE ASSEMBLY    REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT  CONTINUED     FIGURE F  28   POWER MODULE CAPACITOR LEAD REMOVAL          Refer to Figure F 28 for Steps 8 12     8  Using the 7 16  wrench  loosen the nuts on    the positive terminals of the power capaci   tors  Then remove the nuts  lock washers   and flat washers from the terminals where  the positive straps connect to the power  module PC board  Flip the straps out of  the way  Also disconnect diode lead D3   right side power module  and D4  left side  power module        With the phillips screw driver  remove plug    and lead assembly for P J 50  right side  or  P J51  left side   Cut any necessary cable  ties            10     11     12     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN          A          REMOVE LEADS    Disconnect the thermostat leads  Separate  lead  249 on the right side  Cut any nec   essary cable ties     Disconnect leads  14A and 13A at their in   line connectors  left side only      With the 1 2  wrench  disconnect the bolt   lock washer and flat washer from the shunt  at choke lead W11  Cut the 
238. that problem   BE BAD        15  16  17  18  23  25   23A        25                                       CV Mode  do you  have proper OCV     Is the A meter or  V meter illuminated            n TIG Mode  do you  have proper OCV     N  gt    OCV too high              ANALOG POWER  SUPPLY MAY BE  BAD     Check VOLTAGE  FEEDBACK wire 208B     A meter Y    CORRECT Y  that problem   Check the MODE   gk    OK    SELECT rotary switch  and wires 214  218  220 CONTROL PCB MAY  BE BAD     N  amp  222   LINCOLN  amp   COMMANDER 500                   In CC Mode  do you  have proper OCV              Return to Section TOC  Return to Master TOC                      15    15    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    CASE COVER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE    A WARNING    Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel   Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician  or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty  For your safety and to avoid  electrical shock  please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this  manual     Retum to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC    If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the  test repairs safely  contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical trou   bleshooting assistance before you proceed  Call 1 800 833 9353  WELD      Q  JE   5 9 DESCRIPTION  PIE   3  gt  This procedure will 
239. the Battery PC board to  the rotor field coil via a brush and slip ring configura   tion  This excitation or  flashing  voltage magnetizes  the rotor lamination  This rotating magnet induces a  voltage in the stationary windings of the main alterna   tor stator  The stator houses a three phase weld wind   ing  a 120 240VAC single phase auxiliary winding  and  a 42VAC wire feeder power winding     The engine alternator supplies charging current for the  battery circuit  The Peripheral board monitors the  engine sensors and will shut the engine off in the event  of low oil pressure  engine over temperature  malfunc   tion of the engine s alternator system or a low fuel con   dition  The idler solenoid is mechanically connected to  the engine s throttle linkage  If no welding or auxiliary  current is being drawn from the Commander 500  the  Pull Coil board activates the idler solenoid  which then  brings the engine to a low idle state  When output cur   rent is sensed  either weld or auxiliary  the Weld  Control PC board deactivates the idler solenoid  and  the engine returns to high RPM     NOTE  Unshaded areas of Block Logic Diagram are the subject of discussion     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Retum to Section           Return to Section TOC    5          8          8       Retum to Section TOC    Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       E 3    E 3    THEORY OF OPERATION    FIGURE E 3   WELD WINDINGS  RECTIFIER  POWER MODULES A
240. tuds on the machine base  then cock it  slightly to remove it     Return to Section           Return to Section TOC    5          8  9      8    Return to Section           Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC    Y     4  2              3    Retum to Master              F 79 F 79    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    STATOR ROTOR REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT  CONTINUED     FIGURE F 39   STATOR REMOVAL    STATOR   ENGINE  MOUNTING BOLTS  amp     LOCK WASHERS E  gr    A    A        Noo                FLYWHEEL  SPLASH  PLATE    BOLTS   4  ET  FAN  MOUNTING  NUT FOOT    STATOR REMOVAL PROCEDURE    First  cut any necessary cable ties in order to 5  Using two 3 4  wrenches  remove the nut     free the stator leads from the bundle of leads lock washer  and carriage bolt holding the  running to the control box  Refer to Figure F 39 alternator mounting foot to the machine  for stator removal  base  Do this on each side     1  Using the 1 2    wrench  remove the four fan 6  Using the 3 8  wrench  remove the three    blade mounting bolts and lock washers  bolts from the flywheel splash plate     Remove the plate   2  Using the 1 1 8  wrench  remove the fan nut     Remove the fan  noting its direction for 7  Support the stator with the hoist  Place  reassembly  wooden blocks under the engine to support      it when the stator is removed   3  Using the gear puller  remove the fan hub   8  Using the 17mm  wrench  remove the bolts    and lock washers holding the stator to the  engine     4  U
241. ules and                                                                            E 3     Analog Power Supply Board and Weld Control Board                                                                  E 4  Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor  IGBT                                               E 5  Pulse  Width                                  e    dete d uve etude RN ERU PUT RE bu d du  E 6  Chopper Technology                                                                            E 7    FIGURE E 1     MULTI WELD 500 BLOCK LOGIC DIAGRAM    Retum to Master TOC    WORK  THREE PHASE TERMINAL  RECTIFIER                   COMMANDER 500       TO WELD  CONTROL  BOARD          ELECTRODE  TERMINAL       PWM  SIGNALS  2        ANALOG  POWER SUPPLY  BOARD            gt               O                            _ d    MECHANICAL  ROTATION    Y     4  2  8  E  5  4       CONTROL       ENGINE       STARTER              ALTERNATOR TH OUTPUT PROCESS RANGE             ARC  ST       e R    LIGHT CONTROL CONTROL SELECTOR  42 VAC TO 14 PIN AMPHENOL  FOR WIRE FEEDER    RUN STOP  SWITCH    AUXILIARY WINDINGS          zzoodcro    240         RECEPTACLE       120        RECEPTACLES  2        Retum to Master TOC    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8       Retum to Section           Return to Section TOC    5          8  9      8    Retum to Section TOC    Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       THEORY OF OPERATION    FIGURE E 2   BATTERY  ENGINE  ROTOR 
242. um permis   sible current of the 240 VAC output is 50 A  The 240  VAC output can be split to provide two separate 120  VAC outputs with a maximum permissible current of  50 A per output to two separate 120 VAC branch cir   cuits  The output voltage is within   10  at all loads up  to rated capacity     NOTE  The 120 240V receptacle has two 120V outlets  of different phases and cannot be paralleled     The Commander has two 20A 120VAC  5 20R  duplex  receptacles and one 50A 120 240         14 50R   receptacle  The 120 240 VAC receptacle can be split  for single phase 120 VAC operation  The auxiliary  power receptacles should only be used with three wire  grounded type plugs or approved double insulated  tools with two wire plugs  The current rating of any plug  used with the system must be at least equal to the cur   rent capacity of the associated receptacle     STANDBY POWER CONNECTIONS    The Commander 500 is suitable for temporary  stand   by or emergency power using the engine manufac   turer s recommended maintenance schedule     The Commander 500 can be permanently installed as  a standby power unit for 240 volt  three wire  50 amp  service  Connections must be made by a licensed  electrician who can determine how the 120 240 VAC  power can be adapted to the particular installation and  comply with all applicable electrical codes  The follow   ing information can be used as a guide by the electri   cian for most applications  Refer to the connection dia     gram shown i
243. ut down due to an over   temperature condition     5  OIL PRESSURE GAUGE  K1639 2 Std   A  K1639 1 Opt   AND LIGHT             gauge displays the engine oil pressure when the  engine is running  The yellow oil pressure light remains  off with proper oil pressure  If the light turns on  the  engine protection system will stop the engine  Check  for proper oil level and add oil if necessary  Check for  loose or disconnected leads at the oil pressure sender  located on the engine  The light will go on and stay on  when the RUN STOP switch is switched to the RUN  position with the engine not running    6  ENGINE ALTERNATOR AMMETER             1639 2 Std   K1639 1 Opt   AND LIGHT   The yellow engine alternator light is off when the bat   tery charging system is functioning normally  If the light  turns on  the engine protection system will shut down  the engine  Check the engine cooling blower belt  Also   the alternator or the voltage regulator may not be oper   ating correctly  The light may also come on due to a  faulty flashing circuit  The light will remain on when the    engine has been shut down due to a fault in the alter   nator  regulator  or the cooling blower belt     7  IDLER SWITCH  Has two positions as follows     A  In the HIGH position   the engine runs at the  high idle speed controlled by the governor     B  Inthe AUTO    lt       position  the idler oper   ates as follows     a  When switched from HIGH to AUTO or after  starting the engine  the engine will oper
244. utput  and process range selector    It compares these commands to the current and volt   age feedback information it receives from the shunt    STATOR f us    AUXILIARY    120VAC  RECEPTACLES  2     THERMAL        OUTPUT   PROCESS RANGE  CONTROL CONTROL SELECTOR    42 VAC TO 14 PIN AMPHENOL  FOR WIRE FEEDER    WINDINGS       240VAC  RECEPTACLE       and output terminal circuits  The circuitry on the Weld  Control PC board determines how the output should be  controlled to optimize welding results  and it sends the  correct PWM signals to the IGBT driver circuits  The  Weld Control PC board also commands the thermal  light and the voltmeter and ammeter  some items may  be optional      NOTE  Unshaded areas of Block Logic Diagram are the subject of discussion     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8    Return to Section           Retum to Section TOC            8  9      8       Return to Section TOC    Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       THEORY OF OPERATION    FIGURE E 5   IGBT OPERATION       BODY REGION           lt  DRAIN DRIFT REGION            n    lt     BUFFER LAYER  p        INJECTING LAYER  DRAIN  A  PASSIVE    INSULATED GATE BIPOLAR  TRANSISTOR  IGBT  OPERATION    An IGBT is a type of transistor  IGBTs are semicon   ductors well suited for high frequency switching and  high current applications     Drawing A shows an IGBT in a passive mode  There is  no gate signal  zero volts relative to the source  and  therefore  no curr
245. w 2    SNC       GND    SERIAL DATA         V exo  aV       4  m p PAGE 1 OF 5       GENERAL INFORMATION        0015 2               561      i ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS PER E1537 pos 619  amp  766         CAPACITORS   MFD   022 50V UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED  eant       RESISTORS   Ohms   0805     UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED  LABELS  0 6     NOTES c D DIODES   2A  200V  UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED  A SUPPLY VOLTAGE NET     O pawns    OWER SUPPLY SOURCE POINT    1    NA  COMPONENTS NOT INSERTED      G3900 2C4 VERSIONS A  14 NB  COMPONENTS NOT INSERTED ON 63660 2 VERSIONS  ANO            CORRECTION     77  d FILENAME  5000749  63660 2  G3900 2C 7777 FRAME CONNECTION     8 INSERTED ON 03900 20 VERSIONS THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY     THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC CO    THIS SCHEMATIC USED IN G3660 2C AND G3900 2C BOARDS          EARTH GROUND CONNECTION      gt  NC  ADDITIONAL COMPONENTS NOT INSERTED ON 63900 24 VERSION AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED  DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PERMISSION OF     THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC CO    DESIGNED BY IB  FC  SS  AM    EC            UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED ToLeRaNcE 996948   THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC co  0  ANALOG WELD CONTROL                HOLES SIZES        E 2056       om ee  51 I I      CLEVELAND  OHIO U S A  suse  FPGA  MEMORY  amp  INTERFACE   5 p           SINCE COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY ON A PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD MAY CHANGE         PLACE DECIMALS IS    002 7 7 2000 01  WITHOUT AFFECTING THE INTERCHANGEABILITY OF    COMPLETE BO
246. wrench  remove the appro   priate stator leads and diode pigtail lead  from the stud on the output rectifier bridge  glastic insulator bracket  The bottom diodes  require a 1 2  wrench to remove the double  heavy leads           Label the leads for reassembly if more than one  is removed     5     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN       Using the 1  wrench  loosen the appropriate  diode and remove the diode that is to be  replaced       Clean the area on the heat sink around the    diode mounting surface using a putty knife  or similar tool  DO NOT SCRATCH THE  DIODE MOUNTING SURFACE       Polish the heat sink s mounting surface    using an abrasive disc  E2827 2 or fine steel  wool to provide a bright  clean surface where  the diode seats on the heat sink  Wipe the  surface clean with a lint free cloth or paper  towel     F 72 F 72    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    Q  o8  E i OUTPUT RECTIFIER BRIDGE DIODE REMOVAL AND  0  1    REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT  CONTINUED       2  8 8  EJE 8  Inspect the mounting surfaces of each new NOTE  The diode threads must be clean and  5   diode  Remove all burrs and wipe clean  free of defects so that it can be finger tightened   amp  Do not use steel wool or any abrasive before applying torque      slip  type torque  cleanser on the diode mounting surface  wrench must be used to tighten the diode   9  Apply a thin  0 003  to 0 007   uniform 10  Tighten the diode to the specifications in  layer of Penetrox A13 joint compound the following table    T1283
247. y  Do not leave the external  supply connected to terminals  227 and  232L for  longer than three seconds  Component damage  could result     COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN       The solenoid should deactivate when the  12VDC is removed       If the solenoid does not operate properly     check for a mechanical restriction in the link   age       Using the external 12VDC supply  apply    12VDC to the smaller idler solenoid terminals  for the hold in coil   226A to  232S     Push  in the solenoid plunger  With 12 VDC applied  to the hold in coil  the plunger should stay in  until the 12 VDC is removed       If the linkage is intact and the solenoid does    not operate correctly when the 12VDC is  applied  the solenoid may be faulty  Replace       Replace harness leads to the correct termi     nals  See Figure F 5 and the Wiring Diagram   Replace any previously removed wire wraps       Close and secure the right side engine ser     vice access door     Retum to Section           Retum to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Retum to Section           Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       F 23    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR    SHUTDOWN SOLENOID TEST       WARNING    Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel   Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician  or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty  For your safety and to
248. y con   nections  See the Wiring  Diagram       The wire feeder may be faulty     3  Perform the  Stator Voltage    Return to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC       The battery does not stay charged    Check for loose or faulty con    1  The battery charging circuit may    nections at the battery and be faulty  Perform the  engine charging system  Charging Circuit Test       The battery may be faulty   Check or replace     Retum to Master TOC    5          8  9      8                   CAUTION    If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test repairs safely   contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed  Call  1 800 833 9353     Retum to Section TOC  Retum to Master TOC    COMMANDER 500    LINCOLN 8       F 9 F 9    TROUBLESHOOTING  amp  REPAIR  TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE    Observe Safety Guidelines  detailed in the beginning of this manual     Retum to Section TOC    Return to Section TOC    5          8  9      8       Retum to Section           Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC Retum to Master TOC    Retum to Master TOC       PROBLEMS   SYMPTOMS     The engine will not crank when the  start button is pushed     POSSIBLE AREAS OF  MISADJUSTMENT S     ENGINE PROBLEMS    1  Check for loose or faulty battery  cable connections     2  The battery may be low or faulty   3  The START button may be    faulty     RECOMMENDED  COURSE OF ACTION    1  The starter motor or s
    
Download Pdf Manuals
 
 
    
Related Search
    
Related Contents
attention - GM Canada  Panasonic DMC-TZ20  2015 Nissan 08IT Navigation System  iSPOT 575 MB italiano  Acer 500GB 2.5" Slim External Hard Disc Drive  ネットワーク取扱説明書  Digitus VGA Selector 1 in 8 PCs  取扱説明書  WWW .SIEMSEN.COM.BR    Copyright © All rights reserved. 
   Failed to retrieve file